Interpretive Study of Matthew 's Gospel.

Gospel theme: Jesus fulfilled God's Law and Proved that He was / is God's Christ.

Chapter links: 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; 8; 9; 10; 11; 12; 13; 14; 15; 16; 17; 18; 19; 20; 21; 22; 23; 24; 25; 26; 27; 28; God.

Chapter 23 Summary:

Matthew Chapter 23

links to sentences in this chapter:

C23-S1 (Verse 1-3), C23-S2 (Verse 4), C23-S3 (Verse 5-7), C23-S4 (Verse 8), C23-S5 (Verse 9), C23-S6 (Verse 10), C23-S7 (Verse 11), C23-S8 (Verse 12), C23-S9 (Verse 13), C23-S10 (Verse 13), C23-S11 (Verse 14), C23-S12 (Verse 14), C23-S13 (Verse 15), C23-S14 (Verse 15), C23-S15 (Verse 16), C23-S16 (Verse 17), C23-S17 (Verse 18), C23-S18 (Verse 19), C23-S19 (Verse 20), C23-S20 (Verse 21), C23-S21 (Verse 22), C23-S22 (Verse 23), C23-S23 (Verse 23), C23-S24 (Verse 24), C23-S25 (Verse 25), C23-S26 (Verse 25), C23-S27 (Verse 26), C23-S28 (Verse 27), C23-S29 (Verse 27), C23-S30 (Verse 28), C23-S31 (Verse 29), C23-S32 (Verse 29-30), C23-S33 (Verse 31), C23-S34 (Verse 32), C23-S35 (Verse 33), C23-S36 (Verse 34-35), C23-S37 (Verse 36), C23-S38 (Verse 37), C23-S39 (Verse 38), C23-S40 (Verse 39)'.

Please use This link to see the chapter summary.

Chapter theme: Wrong Religious Judgment Versus Righteous Judgment.

Please see the Gospel Time Sequences for the time sequences of incidents reported in this chapter and for references where other Gospel accounts report the same incidents. Please also see the Prophecy Fulfilled Section of the Significant Gospel Events Study for Bible references to this chapter where prophecy was fulfilled.

In Matthew 23:1-12; Mark 12:38-40 and Luke 20:45-47; Jesus talks to the general people and tells Beware of the scribes. After this warning, Matthew 's Gospel tells us how Jesus says Woe! to the scribes and Pharisees and finishes up with a warning of judgment to come upon all who ignore His commandment to Beware of the scribes. This warning takes the entire chapter of Matthew 23.

In Matthew 23:37-39 and Luke 13:34-35 Jesus prophesied the destruction of Jerusalem because they rejected Him and crucified Him. Please see the Prophecies and Prophecy Fulfilled Sections of the Significant Gospel Events Study for Bible references to similar events.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides a chapter outline as:

1-4. Christ admonishes the people to follow the good doctrine, not the evil examples, of the Scribes and Pharisees.
5-12. His disciples must beware of their ambition.
13-33. He denounces eight woes against their hypocrisy and blindness,
34-39. and prophesies of the destruction of Jerusalem'.

C23-S1 (Verse 1-3) Jesus warns the multitude.

Equivalent Section: the observation by Jesus.

then spake Jesus to the multitude,
and to his disciples,
Saying,
The scribes and the Pharisees sit in Moses' seat:.

Equivalent Section: What to do and what not to do.

First Step: What to do.

All therefore whatsoever they bid you observe,
that observe and do;.

Second Step: What to not do.

but do not ye after their works:.

Equivalent Section: Why.

for they say,
and do not.

In Matthew 23:1-12; Mark 12:38-40 and Luke 20:45-47; Jesus talks to the general people and tells Beware of the scribes. This follows the several attempts by the scribes and Pharisees to catch Him in doctrinal error and His answering every question that they bring but their failure to answer His doctrinal question. After this warning, Matthew 's Gospel tells us How Jesus says Woe! to the scribes and Pharisees and finishes up with a warning of judgment to come upon all who ignore His commandment to Beware of the scribes. This warning takes the entire chapter of Matthew 23. In Luke 11:39-52; Jesus gives a similar warning to the Pharisees and to the lawyers. However, that is a different time and place than what we read about here in Matthew 23. Thus, what we see is consistency from Jesus in that He gives the same warning of judgment for the same type of behavior regardless of who does the behavior or when they do it.

Mark 12:38-40 and Luke 20:45-47 are equivalent sentences. Most of the First Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: then spake Jesus to the multitude, and to his disciples, Saying. The equivalent section from Mark says: And he said unto them in his doctrine. The equivalent section from Luke says: then in the audience of all the people he said unto his disciples. the religious leaders had picked several doctrinal fights with Jesus and lost every fight. then Jesus asked them a question which they could not answer and which proved that their doctrine contained errors. Now, Jesus is following that last fight with a warning to the common Jew, and to His disciples, about the doctrine and actions of the scribes and Pharisees.

The last phrase, of our First Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: The scribes and the Pharisees sit in Moses' seat. The equivalent section from Mark says: Beware of the scribes, which love to go in long clothing, and love salutations in the marketplaces, And the chief seats in the synagogues, and the uppermost rooms at feasts:. The equivalent section from Luke says: Beware of the scribes, which desire to walk in long robes, and love greetings in the markets, and the highest seats in the synagogues, and the chief rooms at feasts. Here we see Mark and Luke report the same message using almost identical words. And, while the words from Matthew are completely different, we still see the same message.

One thing that people tend to forget is that many times, including this time, Jesus taught all day long and often for several days. And, as the group of listeners changed, it should be expected that He taught the same thing more than once using different words. these people who complain that Jesus could not have said the same thing multiple times, such as those who will complain about the differences seen in these equivalent sentences, are thinking of speakers limited to less than a half hour or, possibly a teaching session of less than two hours. they are not thinking of what the Gospel accounts report as reality, which is all day long for multiple days.

The remainder of the sentences, which are reported by Mark and Luke, are equivalent to our next sentence from Matthew . the remainder of this sentence is only reported by Matthew and contains the legal perspective.

Our Second and third Equivalent Sections tell us what to do, what to not do, and why. Simply put, 1Peter 1:17 and Revelation 20:12-13 both tell us that we will be judged according to our works. Therefore, they match what Jesus says in this sentence when He tells us what to do and what to not do.

Please see the note for Matthew 9:18 about the word spake. Please also see the note for Matthew 1:22 about the word spoken. The New Testament definition, for both words, is: 'the past-tense form of the word speak, although the gramaritical rules differ for each word'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 3:12-14 about the word speak. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to utter words or articulate sounds, as human beings; to express thoughts by words'. Please see the note for 2Corinthians 9:15 about the word unspeakable. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'That which cannot be spoken'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 3:12-14 about the word speech. Please see the note for Revelation 1:8 and the Concordance for all references to the word saith. Please see the note for Ephesians C4S15 about the phrase evil speaking. Please see the note for Romans 11:1 about the phrase I say. Please also see the note for Romans C10S28 about the word gainsaying. Please also see the note for Matthew 26:1 about the word sayings (plural). The words speaketh and saith mean that the person 'keeps on keeping on doing the saying'.

Please see the note for John 6:2 about the word multitude. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the state of being many; a great number'.

Please see the note for John 1:35-36 about the word disciple. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A learner; a scholar; one who receives or professes to receive instruction from another'. Please also see the note for John 6:67 about the phrase twelve disciples / apostles.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 1:20 about the word scribe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A secretary. A subordinate class to the priests, most of whom were Levites'.

Please see the note for John 3:1 about the word Pharisee. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A sect of Jews at the time of Jesus. they kept the most strident religious laws but were condemned by Jesus for ignoring the moral law and their personal relationship with God'. That note has a lot of doctrine and references from other commentators to help the Bible student to understand about this group.

Please see the note for Hebrews 3:1 about Moses. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'While this name is often used for the physical man, it is also used in the Bible to refer to the Law that God gave to His people through the man. In the New Testament, the Law for the saved comes from the Lord Jesus Christ'.

Please see the note for Mark 12:38-40 about the word seat. the New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Denotes a place or thing upon which one sits, as a chair. It is used also of the exalted position occupied by men of marked rank or influence, either in good or evil'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:10 about the phrase judgment seat. Please also see the notes for Romans 14:10 and 2Corinthians 5:10 about the phrase judgment seat of Christ.

Please see the note for Romans intro about the word therefore. The New Testament definition is: 'what follows the therefore is a future result that is based upon what came before the therefore and result is only seen there'.

Please see the note for Matthew 14:28 about the word bid. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to ask; to request; to invite'. Please also see the note for Matthew 1:24 about the word bidden. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the word bid'. Please also see the note for Acts 11:12 about the word bade. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word bid'. The word bidding is only found in the Old Testament. The word biddeth is only found in 2John 1:10-11. Please also see the note for Matthew 19:14 about the word forbid. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'do not allow'. Please also see the note for Galatians C3S25 about the phrase God Forbid. Please also see the note for Matthew 3:14 about the word forbad. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word forbid'. Please see the note for 3John 1:10 about the word forbiddeth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the life-style form of the word forbid'. Please also see the note for Luke 23:2 about the word forbidding. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word forbid'.

Please see the note for 1Timothy 5:21 about the word observe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the sense is to hold in view, or to keep the eyes on. 1. To see or behold with some attention'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 3:14 about the word work. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to move, or to labor. Our everlasting rewards are according to the works which we do for God's kingdom while in this physical life'. The word worketh is: 'A luife-style work'. Please also see the note for Romans 8:1-LJC about the phrase judged by works. Please also see the note for Matthew 16:27 about the phrase according to his works. Please also see the note for Romans 3:27 about the phrase law of works. Please also see the note for Romans C11S10 about the phrase works are seen of men. Please see the note for Matthew 10:9-10 about the word workman. The New Testament definition, of this word is: 'Any man employed in labor, whether in tillage or manufactures'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 6:1 about the word workers. Please also see the note for Philippians 3:2 about the phrase evil workers. Please see the note for James 2:14 for links to every verse in the New Testament where the words faith and works contained within the same verse.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Mt 15:10-20; Mr 7:14; Lu 12:1,57; 20:45
General references. Ne 8:4-8; Mal 2:7; Mr 12:38; Lu 20:46 exp: Ex 18:13; De 19:17.
whatsoever. Mt 15:2-9; Ex 18:19-20,23; De 4:5; 5:27; 17:9-12; 2Ch 30:12; Ac 5:29; Ro 13:1 for. Mt 21:30; Ps 50:16-20; Ro 2:19-24; 2Ti 3:5; Tit 1:16 General references. exp: De 19:17'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S2 (Verse 4) Why.

First Step: What they make others do.

For they bind heavy burdens and grievous to be borne,
and lay them on men's shoulders;.

Second Step: What they do themselves.

but they themselves will not move them with one of their fingers.

Luke 11:46 is an equivalent sentence but it was said at another time and place. This shows us that Jesus taught the same doctrine multiple times.

In Matthew 23:12; Mark 12:38-40 and Luke 20:45-47 Jesus warned the common Jew and His disciples about the hierocracy of the scribes and Pharisees. He pronounces a Woe! on them and everyone who acted like them. We also see Jesus say a similar thing in Luke 11:39-44; although that was a different time and place. He also clearly said the types of things which would bring a curse from God and also told us how to have the greatest rewards in Heaven.

The last parts of Mark 12:38-40 and Luke 20:45-47 are equivalent to this sentence and the next sentence. The words are different because each Gospel author chose a different example to report. But, all reports show the same attitude that the scribes and Pharisees have. The equivalent section from Mark says: Which devour widows' houses, and for a pretence make long prayers. The equivalent section from Luke says: Which devour widows' houses, and for a shew make long prayers. The only real difference is that Mark says: pretence where Luke says: shew. The last parts of those phrases, from Mark and Luke, match our next sentence while the first parts of those phrases are matched to our current sentence. then,the very last phrase from Mark says: these shall receive greater damnation. The equivalent section from Luke says: The same shall receive greater damnation. Both are matched with Jesus saying: Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! starting in Matthew 23:14. And, as already explained in a prior note, Jesus taught all day for several days in a row and He used repetition. So, it is quite reasonable to believe that He said each of the things reported, at different times of the day, and that each author chose a slightly different statement which delivered the same message as we get from other Gospel accounts.

The overall message is: 'Don't follow their example and expect to receive the same judgment from God, as they received, if you do follow their example'.

Please also see the note for Luke 8:29 about the word bound. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word bind. Also applied as a limit'. Please also see the note for Mark 3:27 about the word bind. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to tie together, or confine with a cord, or anything that is flexible'. Please also see the note for Acts 22:4 about the word binding. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the ongoing form of the word bind'. Please also see the Word Study about the word abound. Please also see the note for Acts 17:26 about the word bounds. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'multiple limits'.

Please see the note for Mark 14:33-34 about the word heavy. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'It is used (1) for what is hard to bear, oppressive, both physically and spiritually'.

Please see the notes for 2Corinthians 5:4 and Galatians 6:2 about the word burden. Easton's Bible Dictionary defines this word as: '(1.) A load of any kind (Ex 23:5). (2.) A severe task (Ex 2:11). (3.) A difficult duty, requiring effort (Ex 18:22). (4.) A prophecy of a calamitous or disastrous nature (Isa 13:1; 17:1; Hab 1:1, etc.)'.

Please see the note for Philippians 3:1 about the word grievous. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'from grieve, or grief. Heavy; oppressive; burdensome; as a grievous load of taxes. 1. Afflictive; painful; hard to be borne. Correction is grievous to him that forsaketh the way. Prov.15'. Please also see the note for 1Peter 2:19 about the word greif. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the pain of mind produced by loss, misfortune, injury or evils of any kind; sorrow; regret. We experience grief when we lose a friend, when we incur loss, when we consider ourselves injured, and by sympathy, we feel grief at the misfortunes of others'. Please see the note for Romans 14:15 about the word grieve. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to give pain of mind to; to afflict; to wound the feelings. Nothing grieves a parent like the conduct of a profligate child'.

Please see the note for Luke 11:46 about the word borne. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'carried; conveyed; supported; defrayed'. Please also see the note for Acts 5:9 about the word carry. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to bear, convey, or transport. In general, it implies a moving from the speaker or the place present or near, to a place more distant, and so is opposed to bring and fetch'. Please also see the note for Acts 3:2 about the word carried. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word carry'. Please also see the note for Acts 5:10 about the word carrying. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word carry'.

Please see the note for Matthew 6:19 about the word lay. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'literally, to throw down'. Please also see the note for Mark 7:8 about the word laying. Please also see the note for Luke 12:21 about the word layeth. Please also see the note for Mark 5:23 about the word lieth. Please also see the note for 1Timothy 6:17-19 about the phrase lay hold. Please also see the note for 1Timothy 6:17-19 about the phrase lay up. Please also see the note for Matthew 18:28 about the phrase laid hands. The saved are commanded to lay up treasure in Heaven before they leave this world. Please see the note for Matthew 3:10 about the word laid. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word lay'. Please also see the note for Matthew 18:28 about the phrase laid hand.

We find forms of the word shoulder occurring 58 times in 57 verses of the Bible and, in the New Testament, in: Matthew 23:4; Luke 15:5. The Morrish Bible Dictionary defines this word as: 'Often alluded to in scripture as the place of strength, on which burdens are borne. the high priest had the names of the twelve tribes on his shoulders, as in a place of safety. Ex 28:12. Of Christ it is said, when He comes to reign, the 'government shall be on his shoulder,' Isa 9:6; and, as the Good Shepherd, when He finds a lost sheep He places it on His shoulders. Lu 15:5. When God blesses Israel in their land the Gentiles will bring Israel's dispersed daughters upon their shoulders, that is, will give them substantial aid. Isa 49:22'.

Please see the note for Philippians 1:15-17 about the word will. Please also seethis Concordance entry for links to every place that the word of God uses this word. The New Testament definition, for this word is: 'That faculty of the mind by which we determine either to do or forbear an action; the faculty which is exercised in deciding, among two or more objects, which we shall embrace or pursue'. Please also see the note for 1Peter 2:15 about the phrase will of God. It has links to every place that the word of God uses this phrase along with a short note explaining each usage. Please also see the note for Titus 1:7 about the word selfwill. Please also see the message called The Will of God for the application of these verses in the life of the believer. Please see the note for 2Corinthians 8:3-4 about the word willing. Please see the note for John 6:21 about the word willingly.

Please see the note for John 8:6 about the word finger. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'One of the extreme parts of the hand, a small member shooting to a point. the finger or fingers of God, in scripture, signify his power, strength or operation'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Mt 23:23; 11:28-30; Lu 11:46; Ac 15:10,28; Ga 6:13; Re 2:24'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S3 (Verse 5-7) their acts do not match their mouth.

Equivalent Section: their motivation.

But all their works they do for to be seen of men:.

Equivalent Section: their works.

they make broad their phylacteries,
and enlarge the borders of their garments,
And love the uppermost rooms at feasts,
and the chief seats in the synagogues,
And greetings in the markets,
and to be called of men,
Rabbi,
Rabbi.

Mark 12:38-40 is an equivalent sentence but it was said at another time and place. This shows us that Jesus taught the same doctrine multiple times.

Our sentence starts with the word But, which means it is continuing the subject of the prior sentence while going in a different direction. In the prior sentence, Jesus said that they gave grievous burdens to others without even lending a finger to help carry the load. Now, in this sentence, He tells how they love to be greated and treated as if they were the ones who carried the great load spiritually.

As noted for the prior sentence, the last parts of Mark 12:38-40 and Luke 20:45-47 are equivalent to this sentence and the prior sentence. Mark and Luke reported how they : devour widows' houses and our prior sentence reported that they bind heavy burdens and grievous to be borne while they did nothing to help. then,Mark and Luke reported how they : for a pretence make long prayers. This is an outward show of spirituality. And, the Second Equivalent Section gives us many more ways that they made an outward show of spirituality.

Now, while many of the things in our sentence are specific to the culture of the Jews in that day, many religious groups do the same today. there are the Roman Catholics wearing their robes, both priests and nuns. there are the Buddhists having their monks wear an orange robe. You even have 'good godly fundamental KJV only Baptists' insisting that no one with facial hair can step into the pulpit and that men must wear a suit and tie in order to preach. And, yes, we should dress our best when going to worship in order to show our respect to God and that we respect God more than any leader of a country. However, that is different from specifying that a certain mode of dress makes a person more spiritual. And, in (Matthew 15:11; Matthew 15:18; Matthew 15:20; Mark 7:15; Mark 7:18; Mark 7:20; Mark 7:23; Hebrews 12:15), we are told that the there is nothing from without a man, that entering into him can defile him: but the things which come out of him, those are they that defile the man. In other words, what is done on the outside cannot defile a man, nor can it make him spiritual. As the rest of this teaching from Jesus teaches us, we must have our heart and innermost being in obedience to God, and The word of God, if we truly want to be spiritual.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 2:17 about the words see / seen / sight / seeth / saw. The New Testament definition, for the word see, is: 'the verb form of a physical sense which conveys information about the physical world to the brain. This word is also used, symbolically, to convey information about the spiritual reality'. The New Testament definition, for the words seen, and saw, are: 'the past-tense form of the verb see'. Although the word saw is also used for 'an instrument for cutting'. The New Testament definition, for the word sight, is: 'the noun form of the same verb'. The New Testament definition, for the word seeth, is: 'A life-style seeing. This is often used symbolically for life-style understand inig'. Please also see the note for John 6:40-LJC about the phrase see the Son. Please also see the note for Colossians C2S8 about the word shew. Please also see the note for Acts 2:25 about the words foresee / foresaw. Please also see the note for Romans C11S10 about the phrase works are seen of men. Please also see the note for Ephesioans 6:6 about the word eyeservice. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'n. Service performed only under inspection or the eye of an employer'.

Please see the note for Matthew 7:13-14 about the word broad. Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'Wide; extended in breadth, or from side to side, as distinguished from long, or extended from end to end. It is opposed to narrow; as a broad street; a broad table. 2. Wide; extensive; vast; as the broad expanse of ocean. 3. Large; as a broad mixture of falsehood. 4. Open; clear; not covered, confined or concealed; as in broad sunshine. 5. Gross; coarse; as broad mirth; broad nonsense. 6. Plain; tending to obscenity; as a broad comment. 7. Bold; not delicate; not reserved; as broad words. 8. Comprehensive. It may be urged that the words in the constitution are broad enough to include the case. Broad as long, equal upon the whole'. Please also see the note for Romans C16S22 about the word abroad. Please also see the note for Romans C5S2 about the phrase shed abroad.

We find forms of the word phylacteries only in this sentence although they are related to the word: frontlets the American Tract Society Dictionary defines this word as: 'Were little rolls of parchment, in which were written certain words of the law, and which were worn by the Jews upon their foreheads, and upon the left arm. the custom was founded on a mistaken interpretation of Ex 13:9,16, "And it shall be for a taken upon thy hand, and for frontlets between thine eyes."
Leo of Modena informs us particularly about these rolls. those worn upon the forehead have been described under the article FRONTLETS, which see. those that were to be fastened to the arms were two rolls of parchment written in square letters, with ink made on purpose, and with much care. they were rolled up to a point, and enclosed in a sort of case of black calfskin. they then were put upon a square bit of the same leathe r, whence hung a throng of the same, of about a finger's breadth and a cubit and a half long. these rolls were placed at the bending of the left arm, and after the throng had made a little knot in the form of the letter Yodh, it was wound about the arm in a spiral line, which ended at the top of the middle finger. they were called the Tephila of the hand.
The phylactery, from a Greek word signifying preservative, was regarded not only as a remembrancer of God's law, but as a protection against demons. It was probably introduced at a late period in the Old Testament history. Our Savior reproaches the pride and hypocrisy of the Pharisees, shown in making their phylacteries broad as a sign of their superior wisdom and piety, Mt 23:5. David, on the other hand, says, "Thy word have I hid in my heart, that I might not sin against thee," Ps 119:11'. Easton's Bible Dictionary defines this word as: 'Gr. phulakteria; i.e., "defences" or "protections"), called by modern Jews tephillin (i.e., "prayers") are mentioned only in Mt 23:5. they consisted of strips of parchment on which were inscribed these four texts: (1.) Ex 13:1-10; (2.) Ex 11-16; (3.) De 6:4-9; (4.) Ex 11:10, and which were enclosed in a square leathe r case, on one side of which was inscribed the Hebrew letter shin, to which the rabbis attached some significance. This case was fastened by certain straps to the forehead just between the eyes. the "making broad the phylacteries" refers to the enlarging of the case so as to make it conspicuous. (See Frontlets.)
Another form of the phylactery consisted of two rolls of parchment, on which the same texts were written, enclosed in a case of black calfskin. This was worn on the left arm near the elbow, to which it was bound by a thong. It was called the "Tephillah on the arm." Illustration: Tephillah on the Arm'. Thompson Chain Topics provides references for this word as: 'Frontlets worn to preserve the law in memory De 22:12; 11:18; Mt 23:5'.

Please see the note for Psalms 119:32 about the word enlarge. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to set at large or at liberty, to set free'.

Please see the note for Mark 7:24 about the word border. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'BORD'ER, n. the outer edge of anything; the extreme part or surrounding line; the confine or exterior limit of a country, or of any region or tract of land; the exterior part or edge of a garment, or of the corol of plants; the rim or brim of a vessel, but not often applied to vessels; the exterior part of a garden, and hence a bank raised at the side of a garden, for the cultivation of flowers, and a row of plants; in short, the outer part or edge of things too numerous to be specified.
BORD'ER, v.i. to confine; to touch at the edge, side or end; to be contiguous or adjacent; with on or upon; as, Connecticut on the north borders on or upon Massachusetts. 1. to approach near to. Wit, which borders upon profaneness, deserves to be branded as folly.
BORD'ER, v.t. to make a border; to adorn with a border of ornaments; as, to border a garment or a garden. 1. to reach to; to touch at the edge or end; to confine upon; to be contiguous t'.

Please see the note for Matthew 9:16 about the word garment. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A word used to identify clothing without being specific'. Please also see the parable about 'New Cloth and Old Garment'. It is also found in the Table of Parables in the New Testament; Matthew 9:16; Mark 2:21 and Luke 5:36.

Please see the Doctrinal Study on Love about the word love. The New Testament definition, of the word love, is: 'True Biblical love is an attribute of God. It is doing what is necessary for the other person to received good, especially spiritual cleansing and everlasting reward. This is done without any consideration of cost to self and not consideration of any response by the other and requires a willingness to even bring short-term pain, to self, if that is what is required in order to bring the ultimate long-tern good. the world calls lust love'. Please see the Doctrinal Study on Love about the word beloved and the phrase beloved Son. Often, that phrase is applied to Jesus. The New Testament definition, of the word beloved, is: 'be and loved, from love. Greatly loved; dear to the heart'. Many people preach, and teach, the doctrinal error that true Biblical charity is actually true Biblical love. Please see the note for 1John C3S26 about the phrase love one another. Please see the note for Matthew 19:19 about the phrase love thy neighbour. Please also see the note for Romans 13:8 about the phrase law and love. Please see the note for 1John C4S13 about the phrase perfect love.

We find forms of the word uppermost in: Genesis 40:17; Isaiah 17:6; Isaiah 17:9; our current sentence; Mark 12:39; Luke 11:43. Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'a. superl.; upper and most. 1. Highest in place; as the uppermost seats. 2. Highest in power or authority. Whatever faction happens to be uppermost 3. Predominant; most powerful'. This, in my opinion, is probably where we get the saying: 'Proud people look down on others that they consider to be lesser people'.

Please see the note for Mark 12:38-40 about the word room. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Often used for "a place at table" or "a place at the gathering", but also used for an enclosed space within a building'.

Please see the note for John 4:45 about the word feast. The New Testament definition is: 'Celebration involving food and, some times, entertainment. Done on birthdays (Ge 40:20; Job 1:4; Mt 14:6); and on the occasion of a marriage (Jg 14:10; Ge 29:22)'. forms of this word are used, in this Gospel, in: Matthew 23:6; Matthew 26:2; Matthew 26:5; Matthew 26:17; Matthew 27:15.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 11:5 about the word chief. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Highest in office or rank; principal; as a chief priest; the chief butler'.

Please see the note for Mark 12:38-40 about the word seat. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Denotes a place or thing upon which one sits, as a chair. It is used also of the exalted position occupied by men of marked rank or influence, either in good or evil'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:10 about the phrase judgment seat. Please also see the notes for Romans 14:10 and 2Corinthians 5:10 about the phrase judgment seat of Christ.

Please see the note for John 6:59 about the word synagogue. The New Testament definition, for this word is: 'A place used toworship. In the history of Jews, they appear to have arisen during the exile, in the abeyance of the temple-worship'.

Please see the note for Luke 20:45-47 about the word greetings. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Addressing with kind wishes or expressions of joy'. Please see the note for Philippians 4:21 about the word greet. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to salute in kindness and respect'.

Please see the note for Mark 7:4 about the word market. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A large open area in many ancient cities, which contained was the city exchange'. Please also see the note for Luke 7:32 about the word marketplace.

Please see the note for Matthew 1:16 about the word called. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word call'. Please also see the note for Matthew 11:16 about the word calling. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word call'. Please also see the note for Matthew 27:47 about the word calleth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of a a life-style form of the word call'. The word callest is only found in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians 1:9 about the word call. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to command another to help or to cry for help, hence to pray'. Please also see the note for Romans 10:13 about the phrase call upon The Lord. The New Testament definition, for this phrase, is: 'this phrase is not 'Say a prayer to Jesus' but is switching sides in a spiritual war'. Please also see the note for Romans 10:13 about the phrase call and Lord. The New Testament definition, for this phrase, is: 'where the two words are used together in the same verse'.

Please see the note for John 1:38 about the word Rabbi. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Spiritual teacher. the Jews had words for four levels of spiritual teachers, Rab, Rabbi, Rabban, and Rabboni'. Please also see the note for John 20:10 about the word Rabboni. It says: She turned herself, and saith unto him, Rabboni; which is to say, Master.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'all. Mt 6:1-16; 2Ki 10:16; Lu 16:15; 20:47; 21:1; Joh 5:44; 7:18; 12:43; Php 1:15; 2:3; 2Th 2:4 they make. De 6:8; Pr 3:3; 6:21-23 the borders. Mt 9:20; Nu 15:38-39; De 22:12 General references. exp: De 6:8; Isa 57:12.
General references. Mt 20:21; Pr 25:6-7; Mr 12:38-39; Lu 11:43-54; 14:7-11; 20:46-47; Ro 12:10; Jas 2:1-4; 3Jo 1:9 exp: Lu 9:46.
Rabbi. Joh 1:38,49; 3:2,26; 6:25; 20:16 General references. exp: Lu 9:46'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S4 (Verse 8) Do not claim a title that belongs to God.

Equivalent Section: What to not do.

But be not ye called Rabbi:.

Equivalent Section: What to acknowledge.

First Step: Acknowledge the true Master.

for one is your Master,
even Christ;.

Second: Acknowledge others as equals.

and all ye are brethren.

This sentence, through pretty much the end of the chapter has no great section in the other Gospel accounts which match it. there are some references in the other Gospel accounts which match some sentences, or phrases, of this chapter but, in General, it is unique.

Our sentence starts with the word; But, which means it is continuing the subject from the prior sentence while going in a different direction. In addition, the second word, in our sentence, is: ye ('each and every one of you personally'). Thus, Jesus is instructing 'each and every one of us personally' to not act like what He described in the prior sentence. We see this same doctrine said in more detail in Romans 2; which has a theme of: 'Don't be a hypocrite'.

Next, notice that both, Rabbi and Master are capitalized. Now notice that Matthew 23:10 uses a lowercase masters. In the Bible, when roles, such as these,are capitalized, it is a role of God. That means that our First Equivalent Section is telling us to not let anyone claim that what we are the ultimate authority and do not let anyone say that what we say is of greater authority than The word of God. This capitalized Rabbi is: 'a role of God which teaches us God's truth'.

Our Second Equivalent Section starts with the word for and tells us why the First Equivalent Section is true. The second word is one. That means that God cannot have this role along with many religious leaders. Next, we see the capitalized role of Master, which is equated to the capitalized role of Rabbi. And, the second phrase, of this First Step, says: even Christ. The word even means: 'two sides of a balancing scale have equal weight'. That means that the capitalized roles of Rabbi and Master are other names for Christ. And, all are: 'roles of the Son of God that He uses to teach the saved after they become children of God'. (Please see the Studies on the gospel of Christ, found in Word Study on Gospel and Galatians 1:6-LJC.)

The Greek prefix of anti means: 'alternative or opposite'. We are told about true Biblical antichrists in 1John 2:18; 1John 2:22; 1John 4:3 and 2John 1:7. The beast, of Revelation, is NOT a true Biblical antichrist. The true Biblical antichrists deceive people into looking at he beast, of Revelation so that they ignore the Biblical antichrist, which John warns us are many and are in the world today. And, our sentence is truly telling us to not become a true Biblical antichrist. And, it is telling us that we allow this if we allow someone to call us a capitalized Rabbi and Master. That is: we are doing this if our followers become modern-day Pharisees and claim that our doctrine is a greater authority than The word of God.

Now, the majority of our sentence is telling us to not become a true Biblical antichrist. However, our last phrase (and all ye are brethren) is reminding us that we are all equal. We are all sinners and anything good that comes out of our life is truly due to Christ working in and through our lives. All true spiritual work is done by Him. We, in our flesh, are no better than any other person.

Please see the note for John 1:38 about the word Rabbi. the New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Spiritual teacher. the Jews had words for four levels of spiritual teachers, Rab, Rabbi, Rabban, and Rabboni'. Please also see the note for John 20:10 about the word Rabboni. It says: She turned herself, and saith unto him, Rabboni; which is to say, Master.

Please see the note for 1Peter 2:18 about the word master. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A man who rules, governs or directs either men or business. This word is also used to identify a teacher'. Please also see the note for Galatians C3S28 about the word schoolmaster. Please also see the note for John 15:20 about the phrase servant and lord / master. Please also see the note for Ephesians 5:5 about the word whoremonger. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians 9:25 about the word mastery. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Achieve a professional level at any skill'. Please also see the Minor Titles of the Son of God Section, of the Significant Gospel Events Study, for links to related Bible references to the name of: Master. The capitalized Master is only used as a title of Jesus Christ.

Please see the note for Matthew 1:2 about the word brethren. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Spiritually used for God's people: the Jews and the people are saved, baptized and active members of the church'. Please also see the notes for 1Corinthians C6S10 and Galatians C1-S1 about the word brother. Please also see the note for Romans C12S8 about the word brotherly.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'be. Mt 23:10; 2Co 1:24; 4:5; Jas 3:1; 1Pe 5:3 exp: 1Co 7:23. one. Mt 10:25; 17:5; 26:49; Joh 13:13-14; Ro 14:9-10; 1Co 1:12-13; 3:3-5 all. Lu 22:32; Eph 3:15; Col 1:1-2; Re 1:9; 19:10; 22:9 General references. exp: Lu 22:26'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S5 (Verse 9) Do not ley a man take God's role in your life.

Equivalent Section: What to not do.

And call no man your father upon the earth:.

Equivalent Section: What to do.

for one is your father,
which is in heaven.

This is probably why many cultures teach children to call their physical father 'Da' or 'Daddy' or some variant of those names. The Biblical truth is that the father gives his character to his children, if he is involved in their lives like he is supposed to be. However, in this sentence, Jesus is telling us that God the father is supposed to give us our character and not our physical father. And, if we are true sons of God then we will acknowledge this truth. This, our sentence is telling us t, first, make God's character our character. then,acknowledge where our true character comes from.

Please see the note for Matthew 1:21 about the word call. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to command another to help or to cry for help, hence to pray'. Please also see the note for Matthew 1:16 about the word called. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word call'. Please also see the note for Matthew 11:16 about the word calling. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word call'. Please also see the note for Matthew 27:47 about the word calleth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of a a life-style form of the word call'. The word callest is only found in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for Romans 10:13 about the phrase call upon The Lord. The New Testament definition, for this phrase, is: 'this phrase is not 'Say a prayer to Jesus' but is switching sides in a spiritual war'. Please also see the note for Romans 10:13 about the phrase call and Lord. The New Testament definition, for this phrase, is: 'where the two words are used together in the same verse'.

Please see the note for Hebrews 1:5 about the word father. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'God or the man who passes his character to the son'.

Please see the notes for 2Corinthians 5:1 and Philippians 2:9-11 about the word Earth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the physical planet we reside on, also soil or ground. At times, the application o0f this word, will focus on only part of the whole'. Please also see the note for Luke 21:10-11 about the word earthquake. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 4:7 about the word earthen. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:1 about the word earthly. Please also see the note for Matthew 27:51-53 about the word quake. Please also see the note for Revelation 1:4 about the phrase kings of the earth.

Please see the note for Philippians 2:9-11 about the word heaven. The New Testament definition is: 'According to the Jewish notion there were three heavens, (a) the firmament, as "fowls of the heaven" (Ge 2:19; 7:3,23; Ps 8:8, etc.), "the eagles of heaven" (La 4:19), etc. (b) the starry heavens (De 17:3; Jer 8:2; Mt 24:29). (c) "the heaven of heavens," or "the third heaven" is the home of God (De 10:14; 1Ki 8:27; Ps 115:16; 148:4; 2Co 12:2). the phrase "heaven and earth" is used to indicate the whole universe (Ge 1:1; Jer 23:24; Ac 17:24)'. Please also see the note for 1Peter 1:2-LJC about the phrase things in Heaven. Please also see the note for Matthew 3:2 about the phrase kingdom of heaven. Please also see the note for Revelation 20:9 about the phrase fire from Heaven. Please also see the note for Revelation 21:4 about 'no tears in heaven is a lie'. Please also see the Message called Laying up Treasure in Heaven. Please also see the message called Laying up Treasure in Heaven.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'call. 2Ki 2:12; 6:21; 13:14; Job 32:21-22; Ac 22:1; 1Co 4:15; 1Ti 5:1-2; Heb 12:9 exp: Joh 13:13. For. Mt 6:8-9,32; Mal 1:6; Ro 8:14-17; 2Co 6:18; 1Jo 3:1 General references. exp: Lu 22:26'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S6 (Verse 10) Do not let a man take the role of Christ in your life.

Equivalent Section: What to not allow.

neither be ye called masters:.

Equivalent Section: the truth to proclaim.

for one is your Master,
even Christ.

in this case, we see a lowercase masters used, in our First Equivalent Section:, as opposed to our Second Equivalent Section which uses a capitalized Master. Here, we are being told to not let people claim that our religious doctrine is the authority that they are to believe (called a lowercase master). But, as our Second Equivalent Section tells us, we are to make sure that everyone understands that the doctrine truly comes from Christ and that we are just a messenger that He works through to deliver His doctrine to them.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. exp: Lu 22:26'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S7 (Verse 11) How to be great in the sight of God.
But he that is greatest among you shall be your servant.

In Matthew 23:12; Mark 12:38-40 and Luke 20:45-47 Jesus warned the common Jew and His disciples about the hierocracy of the scribes and Pharisees. He pronounces a Woe! on them and everyone who acted like them. We also see Jesus say a similar thing in Mark 9:35 and Mark 10:44; although those were different times and places. He also clearly said the types of things which would bring a curse from God and also told us how to have the greatest rewards in Heaven.

The prior three sentences taught us about truly acknowledging the true authority of a saved person's life. This is the opposite of the claims of the scribes and Pharisees. Now, this sentence, and the next, tell us the attitude and actions to have. which are also opposite to the attitude and actions of the scribes and Pharisees.

We also see this doctrine taught in n Matthew 20:25-28; Mark 10:42-45; Luke 22:24-30 and John 13:12-15. This doctrine teaches that we are not to just proclaim that we are humble but are to shut our mouth and let our actions demonstrate how humble we truly are.

Please see the note for Philippians 2:17 about the word service. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'in a general sense, labor of body or of body and mind, performed at the command of a superior, or the pursuance of duty, or for the benefit of another'. Please also see the note for Ephesioans 6:6 about the word eyeservice. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'n. Service performed only under inspection or the eye of an employer'. Please also see the note for Matthew 18:29 about the word fellowservant. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'a servant with the same master as another servant. Used only for people in the ministry'. Please also see the note for Luke 2:37 about the word served. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word serve'. Please also see the note for Romans 14:18 for links to every place in the Bible where we find the word serveth. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word serve'. Please also see the note for Acts 20:19 for links to every place in the Bible where we find the word serving The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the ongoing form of the word serve'. Please also see the note for Matthew 4:10 about the word serve. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to work for; to bestow the labor of body and mind in the employment of another'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C7S27 about the word servant. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to work for; to bestow the labor of body and mind in the employment of another. God uses devils but does not call them His servants. All true servants of God are saved'. The word servants is: 'the plural form of the word servant'. Please also see the note for John 15:20 about the phrase servant and lord / master.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Mt 20:26-27; Mr 10:43-44; Lu 22:26-27; Joh 13:14-15; 1Co 9:19; 2Co 4:5; 11:23; Ga 5:13; Php 2:5-8'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S8 (Verse 12) God will do to us what is opposite to what we do to ourselves.

And whosoever shall exalt himself shall be abased;
and he that shall humble himself shall be exalted.

We see the same doctrine, as this sentence says, in Luke 14:11; Luke 18:14 and 1Peter 5:6. In addition, we see this truth happen in 2Corinthians 10:1-2 where Paul wrote: Now I Paul myself beseech you by themeekness and gentleness of Christ, who in presence am base among you. Yet, we know that God exalted Paul and proved the doctrine of Matthew 18:4

This sentence, and the prior sentence, tell us the attitude and actions to have. which are also opposite to the attitude and actions of the scribes and Pharisees. they were concentrating on receiving rewards in this physical life. In this chapter, Jesus is teaching us how to receive eternal rewards in Heaven. And, that requires the attitude and actions of this sentence, and the prior sentence, as opposed to what Jesus says about the scribes and Pharisees in this chapter.

Please see the note for Luke 1:52 about the word exalted. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word exalt'. Please also see the note for Luke 14:11 about the word exalteth. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word exalt'. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word exalt'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 10:3-6 about the word exalt. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to elevate in power, wealth, rank or dignity'.

Please see the note for Philippians 4:12 about the word abase. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'humbled, reduced to low estate'. The word abased is: 'the past-tense form of the word abase'. The word abasing is: 'an ongoing form of the word abase'.

The word abased is found in our current sentence; Luke 14:11; 18:14 and Philippians 4:12. The message, in the first three references, is exactly the same.

Please see the note for Philippians 2:5-8 about the word humble. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Opposite of proud. Low; opposed to lofty or great; mean; not magnificent; as a humble cottage'. The th, on the end of the word humbeleth means: 'this is a life-style form of humbling'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Mt 5:3; 18:4; Job 22:29; Ps 138:6; Pr 15:33; 16:18-19; 29:23; Isa 57:15; Da 4:37; Lu 1:51-52; 14:11; 18:14; Jas 4:6; 1Pe 5:5 exp: Lu 22:26'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S9 (Verse 13) the first Woe!

But woe unto you,
scribes and Pharisees,
hypocrites!.

We find Woe unto you, (scribes and) Pharisees in: Matthew 23:13; Matthew 23:14; Matthew 23:15; Matthew 23:16; Matthew 23:23; Matthew 23:25; Matthew 23:27; Matthew 23:29; Luke 11:42; Luke 11:43; Luke 11:44; Luke 11:47. In addition, Luke 11:52 adds Woe unto you, lawyers!.

Following each of the referenced Woe is the reason it is given. In additionto telling this to the scribes and Pharisees, Jesus also said it to others. use the link in the word definitions, below, to see the note in Mark which has links to every place in the New Testament where we read Woe!. Below are the references in Matthew .

Please see the note for Mark 13:17 about the word woe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A warning of judgment to those who were privileged but failed their responsibilities'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 1:20 about the word scribe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A secretary. A subordinate class to the priests, most of whom were Levites'.

Please see the note for 1Timothy 4:1 about the words hypocrisy / hypocrite. The New Testament definition, for the word hypocrite, is: 'One who puts on a mask and feigns himself to be what he is not; a dissembler in religion'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'woe. Mt 23:14-15,27,29; Isa 9:14-15; 33:14; Zec 11:17; Lu 11:43-44 exp: Isa 10:1; Lu 11:42; Jude 1:11'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S10 (Verse 13) What the Pharisees do spiritually.

Equivalent Section: First reason why the Woe!

for ye shut up the kingdom of heaven against men:.

Equivalent Section: Second reason why the Woe!.

for ye neither go in yourselves,
neither suffer ye them that are entering to go in.

Luke 11:52 is an equivalent sentence but it was said at another time and place. This shows us that Jesus taught the same doctrine multiple times.

Our sentence starts with the word for and tells us why Jesus said Woe! in the prior sentence. The phrase ye shut up the kingdom of heaven against men means that their doctrine keeps men from being truly saved. True Biblical salvation is: 'God's life in you'. People only receive God's life from Jesus Christ if they are willing to receive Him as their personal Lord in an ongoing personal relationship. But, the doctrine of The scribes and Pharisees, and of almost all religions today, is: 'God has to let you into Heaven if you do what our religion dictates'. That is: they try to replace God's personal relationship with an impersonal religious relationship.

In our Second Equivalent Section we see that they personally (ye) died lost and did all that they could to make sure that everyone else dies lost. This is similar to, but a greater condemnation than, when Jesus said that they were blind leaders of the blind (Matthew 15:4).

Please see the note for Matthew 25:10 about the word shut. The New Testament definition, for the word shut is: 'to close so as to hinder ingress or egress'. The New Testament definition, for the word shutteth is: 'A life-style closing'.

A kingdom must have a king. Please see the Lord Jesus Christ Verses and the Lord Jesus Christ Summary about the word king. Please see the note for Revelation 10:11-LJC about the phrase kings of the earth. Please see the note for Revelation 14:14 about the phrase King of kings. Please see the note for John 18:33-LJC about the phrase King of the Jews. Please see the note for Matthew 3:2 about the phrase kingdom of Heaven. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the things which belong to Heaven. This phrase also is used for when the laws of Heaven will control this Earth. That time is the 1,000 year reign of Christ'. Please see the note for Galatians C5S20 and the Doctrinal Study called kingdom of God about the phrase kingdom of God. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'God's character in the truly saved'. Please see the note for 1Corinthians C6S16 about the phrase kingdom of God rejected by life-style sins. Please see the note for Ephesians 5:5 about the phrase kingdom of Christ.

Please see the note for Romans C8S17 about the word suffer. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Bearing injuries or provocation for a long time; patient; not easily provoked'. The th, int the word suffeteth, makes it a 'life-style suffering'. Please see the note for Romans 9:22 about the word longsuffering. Galatians 5:22 tells us that this is a fruit of the Spirit. Romans 2:4 tells us that it is a trait of God and associates it with forbearance. Please also see the notes in the Sections called Harmony, Prophecies and Prophecies Fulfilled, in the Study called Significant Gospel Events and for Mark 8:31-LJC about the phrase suffering of Jesus Christ. We are told to suffer with him (Christ). Please also see the note for 1Peter 4:12-13 which is a detailed sentence that explains how our suffering in this life is to be expected and is actually the basis of everlasting rewards.

We find the word entering occurring 46 times in the Bible and, in the New Testament, in:our current sentence; Mark 4:19; Mark 7:15; Mark 8:13; Mark 16:5; Luke 11:52; Luke 19:30; Acts 8:3; Acts 27:2; 1Thessalonians 1:9; Hebrews 4:1. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word enter'. Please also seeJohn 10:9 about the word enter. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to leave one place and go into another place'. Please also seeMatthew 23:13 about the word entering. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word enter'. Please also seeMatthew 15:17 about the word entereth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word enter'.

Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'ppr. Coming or going in; flowing in; piercing; penetrating; setting down in writing; enlisting; engaging.
n. Entrance; a passing in. l. Thes. 1'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'for ye shut. Mt 21:31-32; Lu 11:52; Joh 7:46-52; 9:22,24,34; Ac 4:17-18; 5:28,40; 8:1; 13:8; 1Th 2:15-16; 2Ti 3:8; 4:15'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S11 (Verse 14) the second Woe!

Woe unto you,
scribes and Pharisees,
hypocrites!.

Please see the note for Matthew 23:13 for links to every place in this Gospel where Jesus says Woe! along with the reason for each Woe!.

Please see the note for Mark 13:17 about the word woe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A warning of judgment to those who were privileged but failed their responsibilities'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 1:20 about the word scribe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A secretary. A subordinate class to the priests, most of whom were Levites'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'for ye. Josephus says that this sect pretended to a more exact knowledge of the law, on which account the women were subject to them, as pretending to be dear to God. Ex 22:22-24; Job 22:9; 31:16-20; Mr 12:40; Lu 20:47; 2Ti 3:6; Tit 1:10-11; 2Pe 2:14-15 General references. exp: Job 27:8; Pr 4:17; Isa 57:12; Lu 19:46'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S12 (Verse 14) What the Pharisees do physically.

Equivalent Section: What they do.

for ye devour widows' houses,
and for a pretence make long prayer:.

Equivalent Section: the resultthat they will receive.

therefore ye shall receive the greater damnation.

Mark 12:40 and Luke 20:47 are equivalent sentences but each was said at another time and place. This shows us that Jesus taught the same doctrine multiple times.

Our sentence starts with the word for and tells us why Jesus said Woe! in the prior sentence. Our Second Equivalent Section tells us that they shall receive the greater damnation because they teach that making a long prayer allows any type of moral corruption. This is one of the reasons why movies portray Mafia as being Roman Catholic. I'm not sure how true the movies are but I personally discussed doctrine with several different bishops and cardinals of the Roman Catholic Church. And, they very strongly hold to this doctrine. And, they also teach that, if a person gives enough money to the church, then the priest will do their praying for them. In other words: with enough money, God can be forced to forgive any immoral life of sin.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians C2S2 about the word devour. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to eat up with greediness'. Please also see the note for Revelation 20:9 about the word devoured. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word devour'. Please also see the note for Revelation 11:5 about the word devoureth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the lifestyle form of the word devour'.

Please see the note for Mark 12:38-40 about the word widow. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A woman whose husband is dead. The 'widow indeed' is destitute, and therefore to be relieved by the church, not having younger relatives, whose duty it is to relieve them'.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 5:1 about the word house. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:1 about the word house. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'In a general sense, a building or shed intended or used as the habitation of man, but also used, symbolically, for the descendants of a person'. Please also see the note for Luke 1:26-27 about the phrase house of David. The New Testament definition, the house of David, is: 'the descendants of king David, one of whom was promised to be God's Christ'. Please also see the note for Luke 1:32-33 about the phrase house of Jacob. The New Testament definition, for the house of Jacob, is: 'all Jews from a physical perspective'. Please also see the note for Matthew 10:6 about the phrase house of Israel. The New Testament definition, for the house of Israel, is: 'all Jews from a spiritual perspective'. Please also see the note for 1Peter 4:17 about the phrase house of God. The New Testament definition, for the house of God is: 'heaven, the temple, a church and the bodies of saved people'. Please see the note for Matthew 10:25 about the word Household. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Those who dwell in a house under one head, including the wife and children, and embracing servants'. Please see the note for Matthew 10:25 about the word Householder. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the master or chief of a family; one who keeps house with his family'. Please see the note for Mark 5:19 about the word home. The New Testament definition, for the word home, is: 'One's own habitation; as in the phrases, go home, come home, bring home, carry home'.

Please see the note for Philippians 1:18 about the word pretense / pretence. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A holding out or offering to others something false or feigned; a presenting to others, either in words or actions, a false or hypocritical appearance, usually with a view to conceal what is real, and thus to deceive'.

Please see the note for the Doctrinal Study on Pray about the word pray. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'In a general sense, the act of asking for a favor, and particularly with earnestness. 1. In worship, a solemn address to the Supreme Being, consisting of adoration, or an expression of our sense of God's glorious perfections, confession of our sins, supplication for mercy and forgiveness, intercession for blessings on others, and thanksgiving, or an expression of gratitude to God for his mercies and benefits'. The word prayer is the noun form of the verb he word pray.

Please see the note for Romans C14S1 about the word receive. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to take. In order to truly receive a person, we must receive their character as our own. In order to truly receive Jesus, we must take His character as our own. Couples who have truly received each other become like each other'. In addition, please also see the note for Matthew 10:41, which explains that in order to truly receive a person, we must receive their character as our own. The word receiveth is: 'A life-style receiving. That is, something which is received and never lost'.

Please see the note for Romans C13S3 about the words damn / damnation. Webster's 1828 dictionary defines this word is: 'n. 1. Sentence or condemnation to everlasting punishment in the future state; or the state of eternal torments. How can ye escape the damnation of hell. Matt. 23 2. Condemnation'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'long. that these were long we learn from Bab. Berachoth, where we are told that the very religious prayed nine hours a day. Therefore. Mt 23:33-36; 11:24; Lu 12:48; Jas 3:1; 2Pe 2:3 General references. exp: Job 27:8; Pr 4:17; Isa 57:12; Lu 19:46'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S13 (Verse 15) the third Woe!.

Woe unto you,
scribes and Pharisees,
hypocrites!.

Please see the note for Matthew 23:13 for links to every place in this Gospel where Jesus says Woe! along with the reason for each Woe!.

Please see the note for Mark 13:17 about the word woe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A warning of judgment to those who were privileged but failed their responsibilities'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 1:20 about the word scribe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A secretary. A subordinate class to the priests, most of whom were Levites'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S14 (Verse 15) What the Pharisees do religiously.

for ye compass sea and land to make one proselyte,
and when he is made,
ye make him twofold more the child of hell than yourselves.

Our sentence starts with the word for and tells us why Jesus said Woe! in the prior sentence. Here we see that the doctrine of scribes an Pharisees not only assure that their proselytes will go the Hell (The child of hell) but their doctrine also hardens them against right thinking and tells them to hold to the wrong thinking no matter what reasonable explanation they are told. Their doctrine turns them into fools ('I know what I believe. Don't confuse me with facts and right reasoning'). I've met many religious people who take that attitude. (I'm a {Catholic / Jehovah's Witness / Mormon / Evolutionist / etc} and don't want to hear anything that you have to say.)

Please see the note for Luke 19:43-44 about the word compass. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to look all around as in a complete circle. Also, to stretch; reach; extent; the limit or boundary of a space, and the space included; applied to time, space, sound, etc'.

Please see the note for John 6:16-17 about the word sea. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A large body of water, nearly enclosed by land, as the Baltic or the Mediterranean; as the sea of Azof. Seas are properly branches of the ocean, and upon the same level. Also, a large bason, cistern or laver which Solomon made in the temple, so large as to contain more than six thousand gallons. This was called the brazen sea, and used to hold water for the priests to wash themselves'. Please also see the note for John 21:1 about the phrase sea of Tiberias. In addition, it is also called The lake of Gennesareth. Please also see the note for Hebrews 11:29 about the phrase Red Sea.

Please see the note for Mark 10:30 about the word land. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Any portion of the solid, surface part of the globe, whether a kingdom or country, or a particular region'. Please also see the note for Acts 27:16 about the word island.

We find forms of the word proselyte in: our current sentence; Acts 2:10; Acts 6:5; Acts 13:43. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the name given to any from among the nations who embraced Judaism'.

The Morrish Bible Dictionary defines this word as: 'the name given to any from among the nations who embraced Judaism. Ac 2:10; 6:5; 13:43. the name may be said to be a Greek word, derived from 'to come to.' It is used by the LXX where the Hebrew has 'the stranger' that sojourneth among you. Ex 12:48-49; Le 17:8,10,12-15; Nu 9:14; etc. Such, if all the males in the family were circumcised, might eat the Passover and offer a burnt offering or sacrifice. the Rabbis say that there were two classes of proselytes. 1. 'Proselytes of righteousness,' such as those mentioned above; and 2. 'Proselytes of the Gate,' those spoken of as 'strangers within thy gates.' the Rabbis also assert that in N.T. times and later the proselytes were received by circumcision and baptism; but it is very much disputed as to when the baptism was added, there being no mention of it in the O.T. Some hold that it was introduced when the emperors forbade their Gentile subjects to be circumcised, but others think it must have been earlier, which seems confirmed by Joh 1:25. History shows to what an extent proselytising was abused. the Jews held that on a Gentile becoming a proselyte, all his natural relationships were annulled: he was 'a new creature.' Many became proselytes in order to abandon their wives and marry again. This, with other abuses, caused the emperors to interfere; the stricter Jews also were scandalized, and repudiated such proselytes. the Lord describes such a proselyte as the Scribes and Pharisees would make, as "twofold more the child of hell" than themselves. Mt 23:15'.

Please see the note for Galatians C4-S1 about the word child. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'someone who has less physical or spiritual maturity than the speaker'. Please also see the note for Matthew 2:16 about the word children. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'plural form of the word child'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians 13:11 about the word childish. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'acting like a child'. Please also see the note for Matthew 15:26 about the word children's. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'belonging to children'. Please also see the note for Mark 2:19 about the phrase children of the bridechamber. Please also see the note for Galatians 4:19-20 about the phrase my little children. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 3:7-8 about the phrase children of Israel. Please also see the note for Colossians 3:6 about the phrase children of disobedience. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'saved people who are living in disobedience to God'. Please also see the note for Galatians C3S9 about the phrase children of Abraham. Please also see the note for Romans 8:16 about the phrase children of God. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the truly saved'. Please also see the note for Ephesians 2:3 about the phrase children of wrath. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the truly saved who live an ongoing life of sin'.

Please see the note for James 3:6 about the word Hell. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Place of torment, in the center of the Earth, where God puts lost people until they are taken out for the great white throne judgment and then cast into the lake of fire'. Please also see the note for Matthew 16:18 about the phrase gates of Hell.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'for. Ga 4:17; 6:12 proselyte. Es 8:17; Ac 2:10; 13:43 ye make. Joh 8:44; Ac 13:10; 14:2,19; 17:5-6,13; Eph 2:3'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S15 (Verse 16) the fourth Woe!.

First Step: Judgment pronounced.

Woe unto you,
ye blind guides,
which say,
Whosoever shall swear by the temple,
it is nothing;.

Second Step: Doctrinal error.

but whosoever shall swear by the gold of the temple,
he is a debtor!.

This sentence tells us that we are supposed to obey the Third Commandment. Please see the Study called The Ten commandments. It has links to other places in the Bible where God talked about this commandment.

Matthew 23:16-22 reports that Jesus told the scribes and Pharisees Woe! because they took God's name in vain. Please see the notes for Matthew 23:20-23 about the truth related to the doctrinal errors taught by the scribes and Pharisees which are mentioned in this section. Please see the Section called Jesus and the Ten Commandments in the Significant Gospel Events Study.

Please see the note for Matthew 23:13 for links to every place in this Gospel where Jesus says Woe! along with the reason for each Woe!.

Matthew 15:12-15; Matthew 23:16; Matthew 23:17; Matthew 23:19; Matthew 23:24; Matthew 23:26; Luke 6:39; John 9:39; John 9:39 and John 9:40 also call the religious leaders blind guides.

Jesus called them blind guides because they claimed to be guides in spiritual matters yet had absolutely no understanding of those same spiritual matters. (the Bible uses sight as a symbol of spiritual understanding.)

The scribes and Pharisees proved their lack of true spiritual understanding with this saying. This saying proved that they held the gold at a higher value than the Temple. However, gold is part of this physical world which God is going to burn up. It has no lasting value. At the same time, the Temple represented the spiritual house of God. It was where the Jews went to meet with God and receive everlasting spiritual rewards. Therefore, the Temple was a symbol of available everlasting spiritual rewards. In truth, it had a far greater value than gold.

Please see the note for Mark 13:17 about the word woe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A warning of judgment to those who were privileged but failed their responsibilities'.

Please see the note for Matthew 9:27 about the word blind. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'lack of sight. Spiritual blindness denotes ignorance as to spiritual things'. C9-S48 gives the spiritual lesson on blindness. Please also see the note for John 12:40 about the word blinded. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'loss of physical ability or loss of spiritual understanding'. Please see the note for Romans 11:25 about the word blindness. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the word blind'. C9-S48 gives the spiritual lesson on blindness. Please also see the note for John 12:40 about the word blinded. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'loss of physical ability or loss of spiritual understanding'. The word blindeth is only found in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for Luke 1:22 about the word vision.

Please see the note for John 16:13 about the word guide. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to lead or direct in a way; to conduct in a course or path; as, to guide an enemy or a traveler, who is not acquainted with the road or course'.

Please see the note for Romans 11:1 about the phrase I say. The New Testament definition is: 'This phrase expresses a personal opinion, which usually follows the phrase'. Bible authors uses this phrase when they introduces their own point into an ongoing discussion. When Jesus says this phrase, He is giving a personal command. Please see the note for Revelation 1:8 and the Concordance for all references to the word saith. Please also see the note for Romans C10S28 about the word gainsaying. Please also see the note for Matthew 26:1 about the word sayings (plural). Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 2:17 about the word speak. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 3:12-14 about the word speech. Please also see the note for Ephesians C4S15 about the phrase evil speaking. The words speaketh and saith mean that the person 'keeps on keeping on doing the saying'.

Please see the note for James 5:12 about the word swear. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to affirm or utter a solemn declaration, with an appeal to God for the truth of what is affirmed'. Please also see the note for Mark 6:23 about the word sware. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word swear'. Please also see the note for Acts 2:30 about the word sworn. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word swear'. Please see the note for Matthew 23:18 for links to every place in the Bibler where we find the word sweareth The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word swear'. The word swearing is only found in the Old Testament.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 3:16 about the word temple. The New Testament definition, for these word is: 'A house of worship. Also used, symbolically, for our body'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 6:16 about the phrase temple of the Lord. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 6:16 about the phrase temple of God. Please also see the note for Mark 15:38 about the phrase Veil of the Temple.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians C3S13 about the word gold. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A precious metal of a bright yellow color, and the most ductile and malleable of all themetals. It is the heaviest metal except platina; and being a very dense, fixed substance, and not liable to be injured by air, it is well fitted to be used as coin, or a representative of commodities in commerce. Its ductility and malleability render it the most suitable metal for gilding'. This word is used symbolically for provision for our long term needs. This word is used symbolically for provision for our long term needs.

Please see the note for Romans 1:14 about the word debtor. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the person who owes a debt'. Please also see the note for Matthew 18:30 about the word debt. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'obliged to pay.'. Please also see the note for Matthew 6:12 about the word debts. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the plural form of the word debt'. Please also see the note for Romans 13:8 about the word owe. The New Testament definition is: 'to be obliged to pay'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'ye blind. Mt 23:17,19,24,26; 15:14; Isa 56:10-11; Joh 9:39-41 Whosoever shall swear by the temple. Mt 5:33-34; Jas 5:12 it is. Mt 15:5-6; Mr 7:10-13 he is. Ga 5:3'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S16 (Verse 17) God's judgment of their error.

Equivalent Section: Judgment on them for their error.

Ye fools and blind:.

Equivalent Section: the correct way to value things.

for whether is greater,
The gold,
or the temple that sanctifieth the gold?.

The Second Equivalent Section, of our sentence, starts with the word for and tells us why Jesus said Woe! in the prior sentence. The First Equivalent Section gives us the judgment of Jesus because of their attitudes, doctrines and actions as related to valuing things physical and things spiritual.

In the First Equivalent Section, Jesus calls them fools because they refused to use their brains and verify the religious doctrine that they had been taught. As explained before, a fool is someone with the attitude of: 'I know what I believe! Don't confuse me with the facts'. And, the facts, which scribes and Pharisees should have known, is that everything in this physical world is temporary and our own personal stay in it is even more temporary. Therefore, nothing of the physical reality can have as much value as true spiritual everlasting rewards.

Next, He called them blind because they lacked true understanding of spiritual matters. Revelation 3:17-18 says: Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked: I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. With this, we can understand that many religious people are still fools and blind. And, truly, it should be evident that many, if not most, religious people value the things of this physical reality, such as power or wealth, more than they value the true everlasting spiritual rewards.

In our Second Equivalent Section, Jesus asks a question instead of just stating the truth. Asking a question causes people to at least start to think while just stating a truth allows them to reject anything that goes against their prior belief and do therejection without first thinking about what was said. Therefore, Jesus presented a question to His listeners instead of just stating the truth.

A Bible truth, that Jews understood, is that the greater blesses the lesser and the greater sanctifies the lesser. Therefore, although they probably had not thought about it before, when Jesus asked this question, the Jews instinctually understood that the temple was greater than the gold because The temple that sanctifieth the gold. And, for those who actually thought about it, this would make them wonder what other religious doctrines they had accepted without verifying the religious claims.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 11:16 about the word fool. The New Testament definition is: 'One who is destitute of reason, or the common powers of understanding. Someone can be born an idiot but most fools have the capacity to think and reason, which they refuse to use'. Please see the note for Romans C9S28 about the phrase condemnation of fools, which is described the punishment that God gives to fools. Please also seeMatthew 7:15-29 for the warning from Jesus about this type of foolish behaviour.

Please see the note for Matthew 9:5 about the word whether. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Which of two choices'.

Please see the note for Jude 1:1 about the word sanctified. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Saved and set aside for Gods uses'. The word sanctifieth means: 'Ongoing, continous sanctification'. Please also see the note for for 2Thessalonians 2:13 about the phrase salvation through sanctification. Please also see the following notes about this word: Matthew 23:19.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'Ye fools. Ps 94:8 or. Mt 23:19; Ex 30:26-29; Nu 16:38-39 General references. exp: Mt 12:6'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S17 (Verse 18) the next error in judgment from the scribes and Pharisees.

First Step: their down-playing God's altar.

And,
Whosoever shall swear by the altar,
it is nothing;.

Second Step: their up-lifting their own sacrifice.

but whosoever sweareth by the gift that is upon it,
he is guilty.

In Matthew 23:16-19; Jesus mentions three doctrines from the scribes and Pharisees where they claim that the physical is more important than the spiritual. This sentence is one of those three (3) doctrinal errors. then,in Matthew 23:20-22; Jesus explains that the spiritual is always more important than the physical.

This is another example, from Jesus, of the foolish doctrines from the scribes and Pharisees. And, the people should have been able to figure the error out for themselves, if they had verified what the scribes and Pharisees had taught as doctrine.

Now, read what Jesus reported that they taught and consider the following. In this doctrine, they taught that there was no consequence to telling a lie in the presence of God but that God would punish the people if they affected the income of the scribes and Pharisees. Now, obviously, they worded it differently, but that was the spiritual message of their doctrine. Jesus said that the people who believed that doctrine were personally (ye) fools and blind. Jesus explained how to verify that doctrine. The point being that God will call you personally a fool and blind if you accept religious doctrine without verifying what is taught.

Please consider the following very carefully and prayerfully.

Now, consider that the Jews understood that The altar represented the presence and power of God. So, when they taught: Whosoever shall swear by the altar, it is nothing they were actually teaching: 'It does not matter what you swear in the presence of God. If you choose to tell a lie, in the presence of God, there is no consequence'.

Next, our Second Step starts with the word but, which means it is continuing the subject from the First Step while changing direction. And, where the First Step said that the consequence was: nothing, the Second Step said that the consequence is: he is guilty. Therefore, since the action in each Step is different and the consequence in each Step is different, we are to conclude that the consequence is a direct result of the action. And, the action, of our Second Step, is: whosoever sweareth by the gift that is upon it. That is; if they swear by the gift, and they are wrong, the other person can take the gift. And, since the income of the scribes was all parts of all gifts, which were not burned up in the sacrifice, the action, of our Second Step, endangered the income of the scribes.

Therefore, the true meaning of this doctrine is what I wrote at the start of this note.

The Jews believed this doctrine because they believed whatever their religious teachers taught without truly thinking about what they accepted and without verifying the doctrine that they were taught. Unfortunately, most religious people are the same today. And, while some can look down on the people foolish enough to kill themselves and strangers because of the lies from a 'self proclaimed holy man', Jesus taught that people who spread religious lies are as bad as those people, if not worse. This is especially true for 'good godly Bible believing fundamental KJV only Baptists' who repeat religious doctrine which they have not prayerfully verified personally.

We find the word sweareth in: Leviticus 6:3; Psalms 15:4; Psalms 63:11; Ecclesiastes 9:2; Isaiah 65:16; Zechariah 5:3; Zechariah 5:4; our current sentence; Matthew 23:20; Matthew 23:21; Matthew 23:22. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to affirm or utter a solemn declaration, with an appeal to God for the truth of what is affirmed'. Please also see the note for Mark 6:23 about the word sware. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word swear'. Please also see the note for Acts 2:30 about the word sworn. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word swear'. Please see the note for Matthew 23:18 for links to every place in the Bibler where we find the word sweareth The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word swear'. The word swearing is only found in the Old Testament.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians C9S22 about the word altar. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'any structure of earth (Ex 20:24) or unwrought stone (Ex 20:25) on which sacrifices were offered. Also used symbolically for a heart attitude of dedicating a life to the service of God. Used in Heb 13:10 for the sacrifice offered upon it--the sacrifice Christ offered'.

Please see the note for Romans C5S9 about the word gift. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'something given from one person to another without compensation'. A gift, while freely given, usually carries an obligation to the giver. Daniel refused the gift because he did not want to be obligated to an ungodly king. In Deuteronomy, God told rulers and judges to not accept a gift because it blind the eye of the wise. Please also see the note for John 4:10 about the phrase gift of God. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C12S4 about the phrase: diversities of gifts.

Please see the note for Romans 3:19 about the word guilty. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A person found to have guilt'. The New Testament definition of the word guilt. is: 'Criminal; having knowingly committed a crime or offense, or having violated a law by an overt act or by neglect, and by that act or neglect, being liable to punishment'. The New Testament definition of the word guiltless. is: 'Freedom from blame'. Please also see the note for Matthew 12:7 about the word guiltless.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'guilty. or, debtor. Mt 23:15 or bound. General references. exp: Mt 12:6'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S18 (Verse 19) How to judge righteously.

Equivalent Section: Judgment one these believers.

Ye fools and blind:.

Equivalent Section: Judgment that they should have used.

for whether is greater,
The gift,
or the altar that sanctifieth the gift?.

In our First Equivalent Section, Jesus tells us how God will judge everyone who acts like the Jews who accepted the doctrine of the scribes and Pharisees. God will judge them as fools because He gave them a brain and His word and they failed to verify the doctrine which they accepted as true and as coming from The word of God. then,Jesus also said that God will judge them as blind because they had not true spiritual understanding.

In our Second Equivalent Section, Jesus tells us how we should judge the doctrinal claims of self proclaimed religious experts. As already explained in a prior note, about the gold, there is a Bible truth, which Jews understood, and it is that the greater blesses the lesser and the greater sanctifies the lesser. Therefore, although they probably had not thought about it before, when Jesus asked this question, the Jews instinctually understood that the altar, with the symbolic presence and power of God, was greater than the gift. We should all understand that what comes from God is greater than anything that we can give. Therefore, if people truly think about spiritual truths, and if they truly understand sanctification, then the error in the doctrine from the scribes and Pharisees should be obvious. However, even people who do not understand true spiritual sanctification, should understand this doctrinal error, if they truly think about it. Here you have self-proclaimed religious people claiming that their reward in this physical world is more important to the true God, Who is a spirit, than the spiritual truth that that same God is trying to teach.

What all of this section is trying to teach us is that we need to use our own brains and think about what people claim is a spiritual doctrine from God. And, when their claims result in their having more in this physical reality without truly teaching spiritual truths from God, we are to regard them as self-serving liars.

Please see the note for Matthew 9:5 about the word whether. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Which of two choices'.

Please see the note for Jude 1:1 about the word sanctified. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Saved and set aside for Gods uses'. The word sanctifieth means: 'Ongoing, continous sanctification'. PleaPlease also see the note for 2Thessalonians 2:13 about the phrase salvation through sanctification.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'or. Ex 29:37; 30:29 exp: Mt 23:17. General references. exp: Ex 37:25; 40:26; Hag 2:12; Mt 12:6'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S19 (Verse 20) the right relative value of the altar.

Whoso therefore shall swear by the altar,
sweareth by it,
and by all things thereon.

in this sentence, Jesus is clearly telling the Jews, and us, what is the true doctrine. He is clearly saying that the doctrine from the scribes and Pharisees is error.

Matthew 5:37 tells us: But let your communication be, Yea, yea; Nay, nay: for whatsoever is more than these cometh of evil. James 5:12 tells us: But above all things, my brethren, swear not, neither by heaven, neither by the earth, neither by any other oath: but let your yea be yea; and your nay, nay; lest ye fall into condemnation. Thus, we are commanded to do none of these types of swearing.

Remember that The altar represents the presence and power of God. Therefore, all things thereon spiritually represents everything done in the service of God, even today.

Please see the note for Matthew 23:18 for links to every place in the New Testament where we find the word sweareth The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word swear'. The word swearing is only found in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for James 5:12 about the word swear. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to affirm or utter a solemn declaration, with an appeal to God for the truth of what is affirmed'. Please also see the note for Mark 6:23 about the word sware. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word swear'. Please also see the note for Acts 2:30 about the word sworn. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word swear'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. exp: Mt 12:6'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S20 (Verse 21) the right relative value of the Temple.

And whoso shall swear by the temple,
sweareth by it,
and by him that dwelleth therein.

in this sentence, Jesus is clearly telling the Jews, and us, what is the true doctrine. He is clearly saying that the doctrine from the scribes and Pharisees is error.

Here, Jesus is clearly telling us that The temple symbolically represents God's presence in this world . 1Corinthians 3 and 1Corinthians 6 clearly teaches us about our body being The temple of God today. Therefore, saved people need to learn those spiritual truths and let those truths guide them in how they live and care for their body in this world .

We find the word dwelleth occurring 58 times in 57 verses of the Bible and, in the New Testament, in: our current sentence; John 6:56; John 14:10; John 14:17; Acts 7:48; Acts 17:24; Romans 7:17; Romans 7:18; Romans 7:20; Romans 8:11; 1Corinthians 3:16; Colossians 2:9; 2Timothy 1:14; James 4:5; 2Peter 3:13; 1John 3:17; 1John 3:24; 1John 4:12; 1John 4:15; 1John 4:16; 2John 1:2; Revelation 2:13. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word dwell'. Please also see the note for Revelation 2:13 about the word dwellest. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the verb form of the life-style form of the word dwell'. Please also see the note for Mark 5:3 about the word dwelling. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word dwell'. Please also see the note for Matthew 2:23 about the word dwelt. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing past-tense form of the word dwell'. Please also see the note for Acts 1:19 about the word dwellers. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the multiple form of the people who dwell'. Please also see the note for Matthew 12:45 about the word dwell. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'continuing to stay in one place with no plan to leave'. The word dwelled is the past-tense form of the word dwell. However, it is only used in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for John 7:39 about the phrase indwelling Holy Spirit.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'and by. 1Ki 8:13,27; 2Ch 6:2; 7:2; Ps 26:8; 132:13-14; Eph 2:22; Col 2:9 General references. exp: Mt 12:6'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S21 (Verse 22) the right relative value of Heaven.

And he that shall swear by heaven,
sweareth by the throne of God,
and by him that sitteth thereon.

in this sentence, Jesus is clearly telling the Jews, and us, what is the true doctrine. He is clearly saying that the doctrine from the scribes and Pharisees is error.

Romans 6:16 clearly warns us about a sin unto death. I have seen God physically kill four (4) people and spiritually kill the spiritual ministry of three (3) pastors. And, all claimed that they were not willing to risk a death, but we do not specify what punishment God can give us, especially if we do a sin unto death. Therefore, everyone needs to avoid the temptation to swear by heaven or to swear by God because doing so is daring God to bring a death into your life and more than once, the death was of a child with the parent too old to have a replacement child.

Please see the note for Colossians C1S3 about the word throne. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A royal chair or seat of dignity that a person sits in when they are acting within their official role'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'by the . Mt 5:34; Ps 11:4; Isa 66:1; Ac 7:49; Re 4:2-3swallow a camel'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S22 (Verse 23) the fifth Woe!.

Woe unto you,
scribes and Pharisees,
hypocrites!.

Please see the note for Matthew 23:13 for links to every place in this Gospel where Jesus says Woe! along with the reason for each Woe!. In addition, Matthew 23:23 through Matthew 23:32 tell the same doctrine as found in Luke 11:42 through Luke 11:48; although the sentences and words are different. The time and place reported by Luke was different, but we see Jesus warning them at that time also. Thus, what we have is the same doctrine, and warnings, given more than once.

Here we read that Jesus has completed explaining the doctrinal errors from the scribes and Pharisees, and how God will judge everyone who believes religious doctrine without verifying it as: fools and blind. And, Jesus is returning to His prior message of: Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees. And, He is calling them hypocrites because they preach one thing while they, personally, do something else. And, Jesus spends most of the rest of the chapter on evidences of this accusation and only switches to the judgment against Jerusalem because they believed and followed the religious lies of the scribes and Pharisees.

The message of the rest of the chapter is that anyone who believes and follows a religious liar is daring God to bring judgment into their life for doing that .

Please see the note for Mark 13:17 about the word woe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A warning of judgment to those who were privileged but failed their responsibilities'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 1:20 about the word scribe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A secretary. A subordinate class to the priests, most of whom were Levites'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S23 (Verse 23) they value the smallest physical thing while ignoring matters of character.

Equivalent Section: What they did.

for ye pay tithe of mint and anise and cummin,
and have omitted the weightier matters of the law,
judgment,
mercy,
and faith:.

Equivalent Section: What they failed to do.

these ought ye to have done,
and not to leave the other undone.

Our sentence starts with the word for and tells us why Jesus said Woe! in the prior sentence. In addition, Matthew 23:23 through Matthew 23:32 tell the same doctrine as found in Luke 11:42 through Luke 11:48; although the sentences and words are different. The time and place reported by Luke was different, but we see Jesus warning them at that time also. Thus, what we have is the same doctrine, and warnings, given more than once. Here, we read that the Pharisees were concerned about the smallest part of the physical commandments in the Mosaic law while they totally ignored the parts about their attitude and the spiritual matters.

Please read the First Equivalent Section carefully. Jesus did say that they each personally (ye) did pay theof mint and anise and cummin. I grew up in Michigan and mint grew wild there. It is just a type of grass. Therefore, Jesus recognized that they made sure that they did the smallest part of what the Mosaic Law required in their physical religion.

However, look at the rest of the First Equivalent Section. there, we read that Jesus accused them of: omitting the weightier matters of the law, judgment, mercy, and faith. Thus, the first thing that we see here, and in other places of the New Testament, that God considers these attitudes (law, judgment, mercy, and faith) to be far weightier than keeping the physical religious rules.

The next thing that our First Equivalent Section tells us is that Jesus said: these ought ye to have done. He recognized what they had done before He went on to tell them their failure. It is important to recognize what people do right before telling them what they did wrong when we correct them. After telling them what they did that was right, Jesus did say: and not to leave the other undone. Too many people make the mistake of looking at what they do and forgetting to look at what they neglected that God told them to also do.

Please see the note for Matthew 5:26 about the word pay. The New Testament definition, for the word paid, is: 'the past- tense form of pay'. The New Testament definition, for the word pay, is: 'to discharge a debt'.

Please see the note for Hebrews 7:5-6 about the word tithe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the tenth part of anything received. God says that the first tenth part belongs to Him and anyone who fails to deliver such to the church is robbing God and daring God to withhold His blessings. The tithes are designed to pay the expenses of church ministries'. Please see the note for Hebrews 7:2 about the word tenth.

Please see the note for Luke 11:42 about the word mint. Easton's Bible Dictionary defines this word as: '(Gr. heduosmon, i.e., "having a sweet smell"), one of the garden herbs of which the Pharisees paid tithes (Mt 23:23; Lu 11:42). It belongs to the labiate family of plants. the species most common in Syria is thementha sylvestris, the wild mint, which grows much larger than the garden mint (M. sativa). It was much used in domestic economy as a condiment, and also as a medicine. the paying of tithes of mint was in accordance with the Mosiac law (De 14:22), but the error of the Pharisees lay in their being more careful about this little matter of the mint than about weightier matters'.

Please see the Treasury of Scripture Knowledge, below, about the words anise and cummin. these were spices grown in the promised land.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 10:10 about the word weighty. Webster's 1828 dictionary defines this word as: 'Having great weight; heavy; ponderous; as a weighty body. 2. Important; forcible; momentous; adapted to turn the balance in the mind, or to convince; as weighty reasons; weighty matters; weighty considerations or arguments. 3. Rigorous; severe; as our weightier judgment'. Please also see the note for John 6:7 about the word weights.

Please see the note for Acts 8:21 about the word matter. Only part of the definition in Webster's 1828 matches the actually usage of this word within the Bible. The other dictionaries which I can access also give erroneous definitions. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Anything which can be sensed'.

Please see the Doctrinal Study called God's Laws for the New Testament about the word law. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the set of written or commonly understood rules for unacceptable behavior and which can be used by a legal system for punishing offenders'. Please also see the note for Galatians 3:10 about the phrase book of law. Please also see the note for Psalms 119 about the phrase law of The Lord. Please also see the note for Romans C3S27 about the phrase law of works. Please also see the note for Romans C3S25 about the phrase law and faith. Please also see the note for Romans 13:8 about the phrase law and love. Please also see the note for John 1:45 about the phrase law and The prophets. Please also see the note for Luke 14:3 about the word lawyer. Please also see the note for Galatians C3S22 about the phrase Mosaic Law added. Please also see the note for Hebrews 10:28-29 about the phrase New Testament replaces only The religious part of The Mosaic Law. Please also see the note for Ephesians 4:7-LJC about the phrase righteousness of The Law.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 1:10 about the word judge. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to compare facts or ideas, and perceive their agreement or disagreement, and thus to distinguish truth from falsehood'. Please see the note for Philippians 1:9 about the word judgment. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:10 about the phrase judgment seat. Please also see the notes for Romans C14S16 and 2Corinthians 5:10 about the judgment Seat of Christ Please also see the note for Matthew 32-33 about the phrase Judge of all the earth. Please also see the note for 2Thessalonians 1:9-LJC about the phrase judgment without mercy. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C4S5 about the phrase we are to judge. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians 4:5 about the phrase judge nothing. Please also see the note for Romans 8:1-LJC about the phrase judged by works. Please also see the note for Ephesians C5S6 about the phrase judgment by us. The New Testament definition is: 'to compare facts or ideas, and perceive their agreement or disagreement, and thus to distinguish truth from falsehood'. Please also see the Section called: 'Minor Titles of the Son of God' in the Doctrinal Study called: Significant Gospel Events with the title of: Judge.

Please see the note for Matthew 9:13 about the word mercy. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'not receiving the punishment that you justly deserve'. Please see the note for Romans C12S1 about the word mercies. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'multiple forms of the word mercy'. Please also see the note for Matthew 5:7 about the word merciful. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'full of mercy'. Please also see the note for Acts 13:34 about the phrase mercies of David. Please see the note for Romans 12:12 for links to every place in the New Testament where we find the words God and mercy used together. That note explains the mercies of God.

Please see the Word Study on Faith about the word faith. The New Testament definition is: 'an action word that is based upon a belief in a promise found within the Bible with the action dictated by the Bible and the understanding that our action does not force God to act nor determines when or how God acts but proves that of our own free will we are giving God permission to act in and through our life to do what He promised within His Word'. Please also see the note for the Word Study on Faith about the word faithful. The New Testament definition is: 'Firm in adherence to the truth and to the duties of religion. Full of faith, trustful, and not simply trustworthy. being true to oneself, to one's nature, to any promise given, and to any trust committed'. Please also see the note for Hebrews 3:1-LJC about Christ Jesus is faithful. Please also see the notes for Romans 4 and James 2:21-LJC about Abraham's faith. Please also see the note for 2Timothy C1S2 about the phrase faith: unfeigned. Please also see the note for 2Peter 2:3 about the word feign. Please also see the note for Romans C10S12 about the phrase faith makes us not ashamed. Please also see the note for Ephesians C1S2 about the phrase just shall live by faith. Please also see the note for Romans C11S6 about the phrase just shall live by his faith. Please also see the note for Romans C3S29 about the phrase justification by faith. Please also see the note for Romans C3S25 about Law and faith. Please also see the note for Romans C9S28 about live / walk by faith. Please see the note for James 2:14 for links to every verse in the New Testament where the words faith and works contained within the same verse.

Please see the note for Acts 2:27 about the word leave. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Permission; liberty granted by which restraint or illegality is removed'. The th, of the word leaveth means: this word, is: 'a life-style leaving'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'for. Lu 11:42 exp: Am 4:5; 2Th 3:2. anise. Gr. anethon G432, dill. Dill is a species of plant of the pentandria digynia class, growing native in Spain and Portugal. the root is fusiform and long; stems, erect-groved, jointed, branched, and about two feet in height; leaves, doubly pinnated, sweet and odorous; flowers, flat, terminal umbels; corolla, five ovate, concave, yellow petals, with apexes inflected; germen, like that of fennel; seeds, scarcely the length of a carraway seed, but broader and flatter, of a brown colour, aromatic, sweetish odour, and warmish, pungent taste. cummin. Gr. kuminom G2951 Cummin is a plant of the same class as dill: it rises eight or ten inches on a slender round procumbent, branching stem; leaves, a dark green, narrow, linear, and pointed; flowers, purple, in numerous four rayed umbels; corolla, five unequal petals, inflected, and notched at the apex; seeds, oblong, striated, of a brown colour, strong, heavy odour, and warm, bitterish taste. The weightier. Mt 9:13; 12:7; 22:37-40; 1Sa 15:22; Pr 21:3; Jer 22:15-16; Ho 6:6; Mic 6:8; Ga 5:22-23 these.Mt 5:19-20 General references. exp: Le 27:30; Mt 22:36; 23:4'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S24 (Verse 24) they are blind to true value.

Ye blind guides,
which strain at a gnat,
and swallow a camel.

Matthew 15:12-15; Matthew 23:16; Matthew 23:17; Matthew 23:19; Matthew 23:24; Matthew 23:26; Luke 6:39; John 9:39; John 9:39 and John 9:40 also call the religious leaders blind guides.

Obviously, no person can swallow a camel physically. However, what they accepted spiritually should have been as hard to do as it would be to swallow a camel whole. That is: what they claimed to do spiritually, was impossible and should have been obviously impossible. they literally strained at a gnat, physically, but accepted anything that they were told, spiritually, with no verification of any type.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 5:4 about the word swallow. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Taken into the stomach; absorbed; received without scruple; engrossed; wasted; exhausted'.

Please see the note for Luke 18:25 about the word camel. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A domesticated animal used to carry loads in desert regions'. In the New Testament, in: Matthew 3:4; Matthew 19:24; Matthew 23:24; Mark 1:6; Mark 10:25; Luke 18:25.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Mt 7:4; 15:2-6; 19:24; 27:6-8; Lu 6:7-10; Joh 18:28,40 exp: Mt 22:36; Mr 10:25'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S25 (Verse 25) the sixth Woe!.

Woe unto you,
scribes and Pharisees,
hypocrites!.

Our next sentence tells us what they did which proved that they were hypocrites.

Please see the note for Mark 13:17 about the word woe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A warning of judgment to those who were privileged but failed their responsibilities'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 1:20 about the word scribe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A secretary. A subordinate class to the priests, most of whom were Levites'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S26 (Verse 25) Why, spiritually and symbolically speaking.

for ye make clean the outside of the cup and of the platter,
but within they are full of extortion and excess.

Luke 11:39 is an equivalent sentence but it was said at another time and place. This shows us that Jesus taught the same doctrine multiple times.

Our sentence starts with the word for and tells us why Jesus said Woe! in the prior sentence. And, our current sentence has symbolic language, which should be obvious to everyone. It should be obvious that The cup and of the platter are not physically full of extortion and excess. The scribes and Pharisees were the people whom Jesus accused of being full of extortion and excess. And, cleaning The cup and of the platter was symbolic of the people cleaning themselves. However, as all of this chapter makes clear, being physically clean, on the outside, does not make someone spiritually clean, on the inside.

Please see the note for Colossians C3S5 about the word uncleanness. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Foulness; dirtiness; filthiness. Want of ritual or ceremonial purity. Moral impurity; defilement by sin; sinfulness. Lewdness; incontinence'. Please also see the note for Hebrews 9:13-14 about the word unclean. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Physically and/or spiritually polluted from the world'. Please also see the note for Word Study on Spirit about the phrase unclean spirits. The word cleanness only occurs in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for Matthew 8:2 about the word clean. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'free from dirt, or other foul matter. The result of being cleansed. Also used symbolically for what had no spiritual filth'. Please alsoalso see the note for James 4:8 about the word cleanse. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to remove physical or spiritual pollution, filth or anything which defiles'. Please also see the note for Matthew 8:3 about the word cleansed. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word cleanse'. Please also see the note for Mark 1:44 about the word cleansing. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word cleanse'. Cleanseth only occurs in the Old Testament.

Please see the note for Luke 11:39 about the word outside. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the external part of a thing; the part, end or side which forms the surface or superficial. Also used spiritually for the physical person'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 10:7 about the word outward. Please also see the Study on outer darkness. Please also see the note found at 2Corinthians 7:15 about the word inward.

Please see the note for John 18:11 about the word cup. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Used for drinking and divination, within the Bible. Used symbolically for what holds something which we take into our body and it affects our spirit'.

Please see the note for Luke 11:39 about the word platter. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'from plate. A large shallow dish for holding the provisions of a table'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians C5S8 about the word extort. Webster's 1828 dictionary defines this word as: 'v.t. L. extortus, from extorqueo, to wrest from; ex and orqueo, to twist. 1. to draw from by force or compulsion; to wrest or wring from by physical force, by menace, duress, violence, authority, or by an illegal means. Conquerors extort contributions from the vanquished; tyrannical princes extort money from their subjects; officers often extort illegal fees; confessions of guilt are extorted by the rack. A promise extorted by duress is not binding. 2. to gain by violence or oppression'.

We find forms of the word excess in: Matthew 23:25; Ephesians 5:18; 1Peter 4:3-4. Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'Literally, that which exceeds any measure or limit, or which exceeds something else, or a going beyond a just line or point. Hence, superfluity; that which is beyond necessity or wants; as an excess of provisions; excess of light. 2. that which is beyond the common measure, proportion, or due quantity; as the excess of a limb; the excess of bile in the system. 3. Super abundance of anything. 4. Any transgression of due limits. 5. In morals, any indulgence of appetite, passion or exertion, beyond the rules of God's word, or beyond any rule of propriety; intemperance in gratifications; as excess in eating or drinking; excess of joy; excess of grief; excess of love, or of anger; excess of labor. 6. In arithmetic and geometry, the difference between any two unequal numbers or quantities; that which remains when the lesser number or quantity is taken from the greater'.

Thompson Chain Topics provides references for the word excess as: 'Pr 23:30; 28:7; Da 5:1; Lu 15:13; Ga 5:21; Eph 5:18; 1Pe 4:3; 2Pe 2:13. See Revelry'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'for. Mt 15:19-20; Mr 7:4-13; Lu 11:39-40 full. Isa 28:7-8'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S27 (Verse 26) the right symbolic action.

Thou blind Pharisee,
cleanse first that which is within the cup and platter,
that the outside of them may be clean also.

Hopefully, the readerunderstands that Jesus is speaking symbolically. He us using The cup and platter, symbolically to represent the person. That is: 'Clean up your interior attitudes of heart and then your exterior actions will be right'. We already saw that Jesus taught this lesson back in Matthew 15:10-20 and Mark 7:14-23. As a result, we also read that his disciples, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Pharisees were offended, after they heard this saying?. Instead of learning the lesson, they were offended by the truth but blamed God's messenger. And, by doing so, they brought the warning of Woe! that we read in this sentence and the curse of God upon all Jews who followed their doctrine, as we are told by history.

All throughout the entire Bible, we read that God is interested in His people having a personal relationship with Him whereby He teaches them the character they are to have. In addition, their God caused change of character brings God glory. However, we also read where religious leaders constantly fight against God by telling people their religious traditions are greater than The word of God and they insist that religion replaces the personal relationship and also insist that God must honor the sinful attitudes of religious people.

Please see the note for James 4:8 about the word cleanse. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to remove physical or spiritual pollution, filth or anything which defiles'. Please also see the note for Matthew 8:2 about the word clean. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'free from dirt, or other foul matter. The result of being cleansed. Also used symbolically for what had no spiritual filth'. Please also see the note for Matthew 8:3 about the word cleansed. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word cleanse'. Please also see the note for Mark 1:44 about the word cleansing. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word cleanse'. Cleanseth only occurs in the Old Testament. Please see the note for Hebrews 9:13-14 about the word unclean. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Physically and/or spiritually polluted from the world'. Please see the note for Colossians C3S5 about the word uncleanness. Please also see the note for Word Study on Spirit about the phrase unclean spirits.

Please see the note for Luke 11:39 about the word platter. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'from plate. A large shallow dish for holding the provisions of a table'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'cleanse. Mt 12:33; Isa 55:7; Jer 4:14; 13:27; Eze 18:31; Lu 6:45; 2Co 7:1; Heb 10:22; Jas 4:8'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S28 (Verse 27) the seventh Woe!.

Woe unto you,
scribes and Pharisees,
hypocrites!.

Our next sentence starts with the word For and tells us why this sentence tells us that Jesus said Woe!.

Please see the note for Mark 13:17 about the word woe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A warning of judgment to those who were privileged but failed their responsibilities'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 1:20 about the word scribe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A secretary. A subordinate class to the priests, most of whom were Levites'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S29 (Verse 27) How God views them spiritually.

for ye are like unto whited sepulchres,
which indeed appear beautiful outward,
but are within full of dead men's bones,
and of all uncleanness.

Once more, we see Jesus using symbolic language. The scribes and Pharisees refused to truly listen and were looking for ways to discredit Jesus. However, they had to stop and think in order to figure out what the symbolic sayings meant. Jesus knew that he could not get them to accept the truth. However, by speaking to them symbolically, He could, at least, make them think. And, sometimes, that is all that we can do.

Here, we see Jesus identify His listeners with the pronoun of ye ('each and every one of you personally'). The scribes and Pharisees were locked into 'group thinking'. Jesus was trying to get at least some of them to think about their own personal future.

As we have seen earlier in this chapter, Jesus starts with what is right and good when He says: ye... appear beautiful outward. Only after that does He give them God's judgment of their character (but are within full of dead men's bones, and of all uncleanness). He says: dead men's bones because they have been spiritually dead for a long time. He says: ye are...full of...all uncleanness because they live a life of sin and teach others to do the save. Romans 1:28-32 explains this truth in more detail. In addition, our next sentence starts with the phrase Even so and gives us the interpretation, from Jesus, which has 'equal weight' (even) to this sentence. where this sentence uses symbolic language, the next sentence tells us the same thing in plain language.

Please see the note for Mark 4:16-17 about the word likewise. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'like and wise. In like manner'. Please also see the note for Matthew 7:24-25 about the word liken. Please also see the note for Romans 15:5 about the word likeminded. Please also see the note for Matthew 6:1 about the word otherwise. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'other and wise, manner. In a different manner'. Please also see the note for Romans C16S23 about the word wise. The New Testament definition, for this word is: 'People who use wisdom correctly'. Please also see the note for Luke 7:37-38 about the words wisdom and righteous. There are three mental spiritual gifts called: knowledge, wisdom and understanding. People confuse the three. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C1S19 about the phrase wisdom of the world. Please also see the note for Romans 1:14 about the word unwise. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Not wise. Lacking the wisdom which comes from God'.

Please see the note for Matthew 5:36 about the word white. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Being in the color of pure snow. In Physics, we are told that this is a combination of all colors. Symbolically, it is the color of a symbol of purity'.

Please see the note for John 19:41 about the word sepulchre. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A place of burial'. Forms of this word are used, in this Gospel, in: our current sentence; Matthew 23:29; Matthew 27:60; Matthew 27:61; Matthew 27:64; Matthew 27:66; Matthew 28:1; Matthew 28:8.

Please see the note for Luke 3:11 about the word indeed. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'In reality; in truth; in fact'.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 5:10 about the word appear. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to come or be in sight; to be in view; to be visible'. Please also see the note for Matthew 1:20 about the word appeared. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word appear'. Please also see the note for Matthew 2:13 about the word appeareth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word appear'. Please also see the note for 1Timothy 6:14 about the word appearing. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the ongoing form of the word appear'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:10 about the word appear. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to come or be in sight; to be in view; to be visible'. Please also see the Appearances of Jesus Christ After the resurrection. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word appear'. Please also see the note for 1Timothy 6:14 about the word appearing. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the ongoing form of the word appear'. Please also see the Appearances of Jesus Christ After the resurrection. Please also see the note for Matthew 2:13 about the word appeareth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word appear'.

We find forms of the word beautiful occurring 73 times in the Bible and, in the New Testament, in: Matthew 23:27; Acts 3:2; Acts 3:10; Romans 10:15. Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'An assemblage of graces, or an assemblage of properties in the form of the person or any other object, which pleases the eye. In the person, due proportion or symmetry of parts constitutes the most essential property to which we annex the term beauty. In the face, theregularity and symmetry of the features, the color of the skin, the expression of the eye, are among the principal properties which constitute beauty. But as it is hardly possible to define all the properties which constitute beauty, we may observe in general, that beauty consists in whatever pleases the eye of the beholder, whether in the human body, in a tree, in a landscape, or in any other object. Beauty is intrinsic, and perceived by the eye at first view, or relative, to perceive which the aid of the understanding and reflection is requisite. thus, the beauty of a machine is not perceived, till we understand its uses, and adaptation to its purpose. This is called the beauty of utility. By any easy transition, the word beauty is used to express what is pleasing to the other senses, or to the understanding. thus we say, the beauty of a thought, of a remark, of sound, etc. So beauty, armed with virtue, bows the soul With a Commanding, but a sweet control. 2. A particular grace, feature or ornament; any particular thing which is beautiful and pleasing; as the beauties of nature. 3. A particular excellence, or a part which surpasses in excellence that with which it is united; as the beauties of an author. 4. A beautiful person, In scripture, the chief dignity or ornament. 2 Sam.1. 5. In the arts, symmetry of parts; harmony; justness of composition. 6. Joy and gladness. Is.61. Order, prosperity, peace, holiness, Ezek. 26'.

Thompson Chain Topics provides references for the word beauty as: 'Examples of: Ge 12:11; 24:16; 29:17; 1Sa 16:12; 25:3; 2Sa 11:2; 14:25; Es 1:11; 2:7; Job 42:15; Da 1:15; Ac 7:20. Vanity of: Ps 39:11; 49:14; Pr 11:22; 31:30; Isa 28:1'.

Nave's Topical Bible provides references for the word beauty as: 'Vanity of: Ps 39:11; Pr 6:25; 31:30; Isa 3:24; Eze 16:14; 28:17, Wastes away: Ps 39:11; 49:14. In STANCES OF: Sarah: Ge 12:11. Rebekah: Ge 24:16. Rachel: Ge 29:17. Joseph: Ge 39:6. Moses: Ex 2:2; Heb 11:23. David: 1Sa 16:12,18. Bath-sheba: 2Sa 11:2. Tamar: 2Sa 13:1. Absalom: 2Sa 14:25. Abishag: 1Ki 1:4. Vashti: Es 1:11. Esther: Es 2:7: SPIRITUAL: 1Ch 16:29; Ps 27:4; 29:2; 45:11; 90:17; 110:3; Isa 52:7; Eze 16:14; Zec 9:17'.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 10:7 about the word outward. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'External; exterior; forming the superficial part; as the outward garment. Also used spiritually for the physical person'. Please also see the note for Luke 11:39 about the word outside. Please also see the Study on outer darkness. Please also see the note found at 2Corinthians 7:15 about the word inward.

Please see the note for Romans C6S4 about the word dead. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the word die. Please see that word as most people believe error about it'. Please also see the note for Romans 14:8 about the word die. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'this is an ongoing process of corruption which ends with the thing which dies being separated from its source of life. Physical death is when the soul and spirit are permanently separated from thebody. Spiritualdeath is also called the second death and is when the soul and spirit are permanently separated from God in the lake of fire.'. Please also see the note for Romans 8:38 about the word death. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word dead. Please see that word, and the word die, as most people believe error about it'. Please also see the 2Corinthians 11:23 about the word deaths. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the plural form of the word death'. Please also see the note for Revelation 2:11 about the phrase second death. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the permanent separation of the soul and spirit from God, who is the source of all life'. Please also see the note for Luke 9:30 about the word decease. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to departure from this life applied to human beings only'. Please also see the note for Matthew 22:25 about the word deceased. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word decease'. Please also see the notes for 1John 5:16 and Romans 6:16 about the phrase sin unto death. Please see the note for Romans 5:6 about the word died. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the verb form of the past-tense form of the word die'. Please also see the note for John 8:44 about all forms of the word murder. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the plan to unlawfully killing a human being with premeditated malice, by a person of sound mind'. Please see the note for Mark 9:44 about the word dieth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the verb noun of the ever-lasting form of the word die'. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the heart desire to end the life of another person'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C11S34 about the phrase sleep is physically dead but spiritually alive. The word deadness is only found in Romans 4:19 and is used to describe Sarah's womb after she went through the change of life. Please see the note for Romans C8S38 about the phrase dying because of the truth. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 2:15 about the phrase death unto death. This phrase means: 'death approaching death'.That is not possible, and the word of God is wrong if death is a one-time event. Please also see the note for Romans C8S38 about the phrase dying because of The truth. Please also see the note for Matthew 22:31 about various forms of the phrase from the dead and the phrase of the dead.

Please see the note for Luke 24:39 about the word bone. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the framework of the body. Breaking them expresses overwhelming sorrow, which prostrates body and mind (Isa 38:13)'.

Please see the note for Matthew 8:2 about the word clean. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'free from dirt, or other foul matter. The result of being cleansed. Also used symbolically for what had no spiritual filth'. Please alsoalso see the note for James 4:8 about the word cleanse. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to remove physical or spiritual pollution, filth or anything which defiles'. Please also see the note for Matthew 8:3 about the word cleansed. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word cleanse'. Please also see the note for Mark 1:44 about the word cleansing. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word cleanse'. Cleanseth only occurs in the Old Testament.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'like. Isa 58:1-2; Lu 11:44; Ac 23:3 sepulchres. Nu 19:16'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S30 (Verse 28) the outward view versus the inward view.

Even so ye also outwardly appear righteous unto men,
but within ye are full of hypocrisy and iniquity.

Our sentence starts with the phrase Even so and gives us the interpretation, from Jesus, which has 'equal weight' (even) to the prior sentence. Where the prior sentence used symbolic language, this sentence tells us the same thing in plain language. (Please see the note for the prior sentence about the doctrine of this sentence.)

The phrase ye also outwardly appear righteous unto men is match with the phrase ye are like unto whited sepulchres, which indeed appear beautiful outward, in the prior sentence. The phrase but within ye are full of hypocrisy and iniquity. is match with the phrase but are within full of dead men's bones, and of all uncleanness, in the prior sentence. And, with these two sentences, our Bible gives us an aid in understanding the symbolic language of the Bible.

It should be apparent to the readerthat the phrase outwardly appear matches the phrase whited sepulchres. And, it should be apparent to the readerthat the phrase which indeed appear beautiful outward matches the phrase appear righteous unto men. After all, men consider the outward appearances.

Next, it, while it may not be apparent to the readerthat the phrase full of dead men's bones matches the phrase full of hypocrisy, someone who is a true hypocrite has been pretending to be spiritually alive, for a long time, while they were actually spiritually dead. (And, at some point, God would have let them known that they were spiritually dead but they ignored the message from God.) And, it takes some time, after death, for what is left to be reduced to dead men's bones. Therefore, while it might not be apparent at first, the one phrase is symbolic of the other phrase.

Finally, our last word, in the prior sentence, is: uncleanness. Please see the notes for Galatians C5S20; Colossians C3S5 about thgis word.

At the same time, our last word, in our current sentence, is: iniquity which is defined as: 'ongoing life-style sins'. Please also see the notes for Romans C7S26 about the word sin. The New Testament definition, for this name is: 'A violation of Gods law'. Please especially see the note Sin in 1John, which explains a lot of the true Biblical doctrine of this word. Please also see the notes for 1John 5:16 and Romans 6:16 about the phrase sin unto death. We also see this doctrine dealt with in: Acts 5; Romans 5; 1Corinthians 8:11-LJC; Galatians C3-S26 and James 1:15. Please note the distinction from iniquity, which has a New Testament definition of: 'A life-style sin'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C6S16 about the phrase kingdom of God rejected by life-style sins. Please also see the note for Matthew 9:10 about the word sinner.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 10:7 about the word outward. Webster's 1828 dictionary defines this word is: 'External; exterior; forming the superficial part; as the outward coat of an onion; an outward garment. 2. External; visible; opposed to inward; as outward hate. 3. Extrinsic; adventitious. And outward honor for an inward toil. 4. foreign; not intestine; as an outward war. Not now used. We now say, external or foreign war. 5. Tending to the exterior part. The fire will force its outward way. 6. In Scripture, civil; public; as opposed to religious. 1Chron. 24. 7. In theology, carnal; fleshly; corporeal; not spiritual; as the outward man'.

Please see the note for Galatians C2-S16 about the words righteousness and righteous. The New Testament definition is: 'doing the right thing, as defined by God, the right way and at the right time with the right purpose. Every one of those are requires and each is defined by the word of God. Righteousness is a noun. Righteous is an adjective. '. Please also see the note for Ephesians 4:7-LJC about the phrase righteousness of the Law. Please also see the note for James 3:18 about the phrase fruit of righteousness. Please also see the note for Romans C4S7 about the phrase imputeth righteousness: Please also see the note for Romans C3S7 about the word unrighteous and the word unrighteousness and The New Testament definition, for the word unrighteousness, and the word unrighteous, is: 'Not righteous. See the note for the word righteous. Any of the four requirements to be righteous, which is missing, makes us unrighteous'. The difference is that unrighteousness is a noun while unrighteous is an adjective. Please also see the note for Romans C2S5 about the phrase obey unrighteousness.

Please see the note for 1Timothy 4:1 about the words hypocrisy / hypocrite. The New Testament definition, for the word hypocrisy, is: 'Simulation; a feigning to be what one is not; or dissimulation, a concealment of one's real character or motives. More generally, hypocrisy is simulation, or the assuming of a false appearance of virtue or religion; a deceitful show of a good character, in morals or religion; a counterfeiting of religion'.

Please see the note for James 3:6 about the word iniquity. The functional Biblical definition is: 'ongoing life-style sins'. Please also see the notes for Romans C7S26 about the word sin. The New Testament definition, for this name is: 'A violation of Gods law'. Please especially see the note Sin in 1John, which explains a lot of the true Biblical doctrine of this word. Please also see the notes for 1John 5:16 and Romans 6:16 about the phrase sin unto death. We also see this doctrine dealt with in: Acts 5; Romans 5; 1Corinthians 8:11-LJC; Galatians C3-S26 and James 1:15. Please note the distinction from iniquity, which has a New Testament definition of: 'A life-style sin'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C6S16 about the phrase kingdom of God rejected by life-style sins. Please also see the note for Matthew 9:10 about the word sinner.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'ye also. Mt 23:5; 1Sa 16:7; Ps 51:6; Jer 17:9-10; Lu 16:15; Heb 4:12-13 but. Mt 12:34-35; 15:19-20; Mr 7:21-23'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S31 (Verse 29) the eighth Woe!.

Woe unto you,
scribes and Pharisees,
hypocrites!.

Our next sentence starts with the word because and tells us why this sentence is true.

Please see the note for Mark 13:17 about the word woe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A warning of judgment to those who were privileged but failed their responsibilities'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 1:20 about the word scribe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A secretary. A subordinate class to the priests, most of whom were Levites'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S32 (Verse 29-30) they lie about how they would have acted in the past.

because ye build the tombs of the prophets,
and garnish the sepulchres of the righteous,
And say,
If we had been in the days of our fathers,
we would not have been partakers with them in the blood of the prophets.

Our sentence starts with the word because and tells us why Jesus said Woe! in the prior sentence. In addition, Matthew 23:23 through Matthew 23:32 tell the same doctrine as found in Luke 11:42 through 11:48; although the sentences and words are different. The time and place reported by Luke was different, but we see Jesus warning them at that time also. Thus, what we have is the same doctrine, and warnings, given more than once.

In particular, Luke 11:48 is an equivalent sentence. The wording is different but the message is the same. The current-day scribes and Pharisees had their positions because of their fathers. The current-day scribes and Pharisees build the tombs of the prophets, and garnish the sepulchres of the righteous / prophets. they claim: If we had been in the days of our fathers, we would not have been partakers with them in the blood of the prophets, and, yet, preach the same religious traditions as their fathers. All of their powers, positions and authorities come from the religious traditions which were established by their fathers. Therefore, they prove that they lie when they claim: If we had been in the days of our fathers, we would not have been partakers with them in the blood of the prophets. they build the tombs of the prophets, and garnish the sepulchres of the righteous / prophets in order to distract people from the fact that they still keep the same doctrines as their fathers had and their fathers killed the prophets for telling the fathers that the doctrine of the fathers, and of the current-day scribes and Pharisees, went against The word of God.

One thing needs to be noted and that is that many preachers of today claim that all preachers have the spiritual gift of prophecy. That is not true. The Pharisees and Scribes taught religious doctrine which came from famous preachers and their traditions. they were not prophets but were jealous of true prophets and killed them because true prophets challenged their authority and positions (Matthew 23:29-39; Luke 11:46-54; Luke 13:34; Romans 11:3; 1Thessalonians 2:15). The truth is that, like Paul, a true Biblical prophet of today will reveal truths in God's word, without perverting the meaning of God's word, and the truths revealed quite often oppose the doctrines of popular religious traditions. An example is pointing out that 'there is no place that tells us to ask Jesus to be our Saviour and that doctrinal error leads to many false professions while telling people to believe in the Lord Jesus Christ is not doctrinal error'. (In the Bible, the name of Jesus and the title of Lord have different doctrinal meanings and give us different relationships with the Son of God). A true Biblical prophet delivers God's message without changing any of God's message even when it does not match the message of popular religion.

Please see the note for Romans C1S10 about the word because. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'provides an effect where the cause is in the past. It is a combination of the words be and cause'. Please also see the Concordance for all Bible references to the word be. Please also see the note for Matthew 5:22 about the word cause. Please also see the note for Romans C8S38 about the phrase dying because of the truth. Please also see the note for John 15:25 about the phrase without cause.

Please see the note for Matthew 16:18 about the word build. Please also see the note for Acts 17:25 about the word built. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun of the word build'. Please also see the note for Luke 17:28 about the word builded. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense of the word build'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians 3:10 about the word buildeth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of a life-style form of the word build'. Please also see the note for Matthew 27:40 about the word buildest. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the verb form of a life-style form of the word build'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians 3:9 about the word building. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the verb form is an ongoing form of the word build. The noun form is what has been built'. Please also see the note for 1Peter 2:7-8 about the word builders. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the plural form of the word builder'. Please also see the note for 1Peter 2:7-8 about the word builders. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the plural form of the word builder'. Please also see the note for 1Peter 2:7-8 about the word builder. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the person who builds'.

Please see the note for Mark 5:2-4 about the word tomb. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A grave; a place in which the dead body of a human being is deposited'. Please also see the note for John 11:17 about the word grave.

Please see the note for Romans C16S33 about the word prophet. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'One who prophesies'. Please note that the word of God does name true prophetesses in spite of what religion claims. In addition, anyone who claims to tell exactly how an unfulfilled prophecy will be fulfilled, or when, is proven to be a liar because God always hides critical details, and when, until after he fulfills a prophecy. further, please note that 1Corinthians 14:3 tells us: But he that prophesieth speaketh unto men to edification, and exhortation, and comfort. This is what the word of God tells us is the true purpose of a true prophet of God. It is not 'foretelling the future'. Please also see the Study of Jude about false prophets. Please also see the note for Romans C12S5 about the words prophecy / prophesy. Please also see the note for John 1:45 about the phrase law and the prophets. Please also see the Prophecies and Prophecy Fulfilled Sections of the Significant Gospel Events Study and the Prophecies and Prophecy Fulfilled Sections of the Significant New Testament Events Study for references to true Biblical prophecies.

Please see the note for Luke 11:25 about the word garnish. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Adorned; decorated; embellished. 1. Furnished. 2. Warned; notified'.

Please see the note for John 19:41 about the word sepulchre. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A place of burial'.

Please see the note for Luke 1:5 about the word day. The New Testament definition, of the word day is: 'the time when the sun provides light to a part of the Earth. The Jews reckoned the day from sunset to sunset (Le 23:32)'. The New Testament definition, of the word days is: 'the plural form of the word day'. The New Testament definition, of the phrase last day is: '(end of the) Church Age or the end of our physical life'. Please see the Sections on Minor Titles of the Son of God in the Doctrinal Study called Significant Gospel Events for the titles of day star and the dayspring. Please see the note for Hebrews 3:13 about the word today. The New Testament definition is: 'the current day'. Please also see the note for Matthew 26:55 about the word daily. The New Testament definition is: 'something happens every day'. Please also see the notes for Philippians 1:6-LJC and 1Thessalonians 5:2 about the phrase day of. The New Testament definition is: 'the day belongs to'. Please also see the note for 1Thessalonians 5:2 about the phrase day of the Lord. The New Testament definition is: 'the day that belongs to the Lord'. There are many days which have special meanings within the Bible and many people, including preachers, confuse them. the notes provided lists various days and their meanings within the Bible. Please also see the note for John 20:1 about the phrase first day of the week. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'Sunday'. Please see the note for Hebrews 3:13 about the phrase to day. Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'n. to and day. The present day'. Please see the note for Acts 26:13 about the word midday. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'noon'. Please see the note for Hebrews 13:8 about the word yesterday. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the day before today'. Please also see the note for Mark 2:28-LJC about the phrase Good Friday. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'this is doctrinal error taught by many religions'. Please also see the note for Galatians C4-S17 about the words birth / birthright / birthday. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the yearly dat for remembering a birth'. Please see the note for John 20:19 about the phrase evening. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the period from sunset till night'. Please see the note for Mark 4:35 about the phrase The even. Today, the phrase The even, would be called 'sunset' and would be considered to be a particular part of evening. This was naturally the closing of the day, for God called the light 'day'. Please also seeMark 11:11 about the word eventide. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'The time of evening; evening. '. Please also see the note for John 11:10 about night. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'that part of the natural day when the sun is beneath the horizon, or the time from sunset to sunrise.'. Please also see the note for Matthew 25:6 about the word midnight. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the middle of the night; twelve o'clock at night'.

Please see the note for Hebrews 1:5 about the word father. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'God or the man who passes his character to the son'.

Please see the note for Romans C15S22 about the word partake. The New Testament definition, for this word is: 'to take a part, portion or share in common with others; to have a share or part; to participate'. Please also see the note for Ephesians C5S5 about the word partakers.

Please see the note for Colossians C1S3 about the word blood. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the fluid which circulates through the arteries and veins of the human body, and of other animals, which is essential to the preservation of life'. Please also see the note for Matthew 26:28 about the phrase blood of Christ. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians 10:16-LJC about the phrase Christ and blood.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'ye build. Lu 11:47-48; Ac 2:29
The blood. Mt 23:34-35; 21:35-36; 2Ch 36:15; Jer 2:30'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S33 (Verse 31) they have the same character as the men who killed the prophets.

Wherefore ye be witnesses unto yourselves,
that ye are the children of them which killed the prophets.

Luke 11:47-51 are equivalent sentences but it was said at another time and place. This shows us that Jesus taught the same doctrine multiple times.

This sentence is speaking, symbolically, about how God's people treated His prophets. In the New Testament, we have references to the Jews killing God's prophets in: Matthew 23:31; Matthew 23:34; Matthew 23:37; Luke 11:47; Luke 13:34; Romans 11:3; 1Thessalonians 2:15. History tells us how there have been many martyrs who were killed for speaking God's truth. While religious people might claim that they don't do the same today, there are many powerful preachers who kill the reputation and, if possible, career of less well known people who use their Bible to correct the doctrine of the powerful.

Our sentence starts with the word: Wherefore, which means: 'wherever people look in the future, they will see that what follows the wherefore is a direct result of what came before it'. Thus, we know that the scribes and Pharisees proved that each and every one of them personally (ye) were The children of them which killed the prophets. And as The children, they had their positions, powers and authorities because they inherited them from them which killed the prophets because they kept the same doctrine as their fathers and that doctrine was what led them to kill the prophets. And, all of the world knows this because they crucified Jesus, Who was a prophet, for the exact same reason as their fathers used to justify killing the prophets.

Please see the note for Romans intro about the word wherefore. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'what follows the wherefore is a future result that is based upon what came before the wherefore and seen wherever you look'.

Please see the note for Hebrews 11:4 about the word witness. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Someone who is qualified to testify in court and is available to do so if the court requests. With the exception of an 'expert witness', the person must have first- person knowledge about what they testify'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 13:1 about the phrase two or three witnesses. This is a Biblical requirement for something to be a doctrine that all saved must believe. Please also see the note for John 5:1 about the phrase witnesses given by Jesus to show that He is God. Please also see the note for Luke 1:2 about the word eyewitness. Please also see the note for Matthew 15:19 about the phrase false witnesses. Please also see the note for Acts 7:44 about the phrase tabernacle of witness.

Please see the note for Matthew 15:26 about the word children's. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'plural form of the word child'. Please also see the note for Galatians C4-S1 about the word child. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'someone who has less physical or spiritual maturity than the speaker'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians 13:11 about the word childish. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'acting like a child'. Please also see the note for Mark 2:19 about the phrase children of the bridechamber. Please also see the note for Colossians 3:6 about the phrase children of disobedience. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'saved people who are living in disobedience to God'. Please also see the note for Romans 8:16 about the phrase children of God. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the truly saved'. Please also see the note for Ephesians 2:3 about the phrase children of wrath. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the truly saved who live an ongoing life of sin'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 3:7-8 about the phrase children of Israel. Please also see the note for Galatians C3S9 about the phrase children of Abraham.

Please see the note for Romans C13S12 about the word kill. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'cause to die'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'witnesses. Jos 24:22; Job 15:5-6; Ps 64:8; Lu 19:22 that . Ac 7:51-52; 1Th 2:15-16 exp: La 4:13. General references. exp: Lu 3:20'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S34 (Verse 32) they will do the same to Jesus.
Fill ye up then the measure of your fathers.

If this sentence had slightly different wording then we could say that it was a prophecy. However, as it is worded, Jesus is only daring them to do this . The ones who did not personally participate, like Nicodemus, did not receive the curse of God. The scribes and Pharisees, who did do this sentence, brought the curst of God upon themselves and all of their followers, especially after the condemnation, and warning, that Jesus gave just before this sentence.

Please see the note for Romans 1:29 about the word fill. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Properly, to press; to crowd; to stuff. Hence, to put or pour in, till the thing will hold no more'. Please see the note for Philippians 4:18 about the word full. The New Testament definition is: 'Replete; having within its limits all that it can contain'. Please also see the note for Colossians 2:9 about the word fullness. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Replete; having within its limits all that it can contain'.

Please see the note for Philippians 2:27 about the word sorrow. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the uneasiness or pain of mind which is produced by the loss of any good. or of frustrated hopes of good, or expected loss of happiness; to grieve; to be sad'. Please also see the note for Mark 6:26 about the word sorry. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Grieved for the loss of some good; pained for some evil that has happened to one's self or friends or country. It does not ordinarily imply severe grief, but rather slight or transient regret'.

Please see the note for Romans 2:27 about the word fulfill. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A tautological compound of full and fill. 1. to accomplish; to perform; to complete; to answer in execution or event what has been foretold or promised; as, to fulfill a prophecy or prediction; to fulfill a promise'. Please see the note for Matthew 2:14-15 about the word fulfill.

Please see the note for John 19:39 about the word measure. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'This word specifies a way to figure proportional values. The whole extent or dimensions of a thing, including length, breadth and thickness. It is applied also to length or to breadth separately. It can also specify a quantity or value such as when applied to money'. Please see the note for John 19:39 for various Biblical measurements.

Please see the note for Hebrews 1:5 about the word father. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'God or the man who passes his character to the son'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'the measure. Ge 15:16; Nu 32:14; Zec 5:6-11 General references. exp: Ps 106:6; Lu 3:20'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S35 (Verse 33) they act like the first helper of Satan.

Ye serpents,
ye generation of vipers,
how can ye escape the damnation of hell?.

We see Jesus use similar language in Matthew 3:7 and Matthew 12:34. In addition, we see John the Baptist tell this same message to many of the Pharisees and Sadducees in Matthew 3:7-10.

The only way to escape the damnation of hell is to accept Jesus Christ as our personal Lord. they, obviously, refused to do that . The fulfilled prophecies of the Bible prove that the God of the Bible is the most powerful being that exists anywhere. And, God put into The word of God that the only way to escape the damnation of hell is to accept Jesus Christ as our personal Lord. Unfortunately, many religious people still believe that they can treat God as a liar and still get Him to allow them into His personal home, called Heaven, where they plant to make a mess like they did on Earth. As Jesus said earlier in our chapter, they were fools and blind and every religious person, who refuses to obey The word of God is, likewise, a fool and blind.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 11:3 about the word serpent. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A type of snake. Sometimes it is used for the physical animal, sometimes it is symbolic for Satan and sin and sometimes it is symbolic for the payment of our sin on the cross. This word is used symbolically of a deadly, subtle, malicious enemy'.

Please see the note for Colossians C1S6 about the word generation. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the average lifespan of man. Since the lifespan of man changed throughout history, the length of years also changed from 900 years to 20 years'.

Please see the note for Luke 3:7 about the word viper. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A type of poisonous snake. John the Baptist called the multitude who came to be baptized 'a brood of vipers, and the Lord applies the same term to the scribes and Pharisees, showing the deadly character of their opposition'.

We find forms of the word escape occurring 59 times in 55 verses of the Bible and, in the New Testament, in: our current sentence; Luke 21:36; Acts 27:42; Romans 2:3; 1Corinthians 10:13; 1Thessalonians 5:3; Hebrews 2:3 and Hebrews 12:25. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to feel bad at another's prosperity or real or supposed superiority; to hate him on that account'. Please also seeJohn 10:39 about the word escaped. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word escape'.

Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'to flee from avoid; to get out of the way; to shun; to obtain security from; to pass without harm; as, to escape danger. A small number, that escape the sword, shall return. Jer.44. Having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. 2 Pet.1. 2. to pass unobserved; to evade; as, the fact escaped my notice or observation. 3. to avoid the danger of; as, to escape the sea. Act.28. Please see the note. This verb is properly intransitive, and in strictness should be followed by from; but usage sanctions the omission of it. ESCA'PE, v.i. to flee, shun and be secure from danger; to avoid an evil. Escape for thy life to the mountains. Gen.19. 1. to be passed without harm. the balls whistled by me, my comrades fell, but I escaped. ESCA'PE, n. Flight to shun danger or injury; the act of fleeing from danger. I would hasten my escape from the windy storm. Ps.55. 1. A being passed without receiving injury, as when danger comes near a person, but passes by, and the person is passive. Every soldier who survives a battle has had such an escape. 2. Excuse; subterfuge; evasion. 3. In law, an evasion of legal restraint or the custody of the sheriff, without due course of law. Escapes are voluntary or involuntary; voluntary, when an officer permits an offender or debtor to quit his custody, without warrant; and involuntary, or negligent, when an arrested person quits the custody of the officer against his will, and is not pursued forthwith and retaken before the pursuer hath lost sight of him'.

Nave's Topical Bible provides links for the word escape as: 'NONE, FROM THE JUDGMENTS OF GOD: Ge 3:7-11; 4:9-11; Job 34:21-22; Isa 10:3; Mt 23:33; Ro 2:3; 1Th 5:2-3; Heb 2:2-3; 12:25-26; Re 6:15-17'.

Thompson Chain Topics provides links for the phrase no escape as: 'Inevitable, No Escape from penalty of sin: Pr 11:21; 16:5; 19:5; Jer 11:11; Am 5:18-19; 9:2; Mt 23:33; Ro 2:3; 1Th 5:3; Heb 2:3; 12:25'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'serpents. Mt 3:7; 12:34; 21:34-35; Ge 3:15; Ps 58:3-5; Isa 57:3-4; Lu 3:7; Joh 8:44; 2Co 11:3; Re 12:9 how. Mt 23:14; Heb 2:3; 10:29; 12:25 General references. exp: Lu 3:20; Ga 5:9'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S36 (Verse 34-35) Prophecy of how they will treat true believers.

Equivalent Section: What God will do.

Wherefore,
behold,
I send unto you prophets,
and wise men,
and scribes:.

Equivalent Section: Wrongful punishment by religious leaders

First Step: Worst punishment identified.

and some of them ye shall kill and crucify;.

Second Step: Lesser punishment identified.

and some of them shall ye scourge in your synagogues,
and persecute them from city to city:.

Equivalent Section: Why God will allow this .

that upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth,
from the blood of righteous Abel unto the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias,
whom ye slew between the temple and the altar.

Luke 11:49-51 is an equivalent sentence but it was said at another time and place. This shows us that Jesus taught the same doctrine multiple times.

The murder of Able is recorded in Genesis 4:8. The murder of Zacharias son of Barachias is recorded in 2Chronicles 24:20-22.

The first thing to pay attention to is the fact that the phrase I send is future tense, not past tense. The equivalent phrase in Luke is: I will send. Therefore, this is a prophecy of future events in the New Testament and not a reference to past events of the Old Testament. In our Second Equivalent Section, we read: some of them ye shall kill and crucify. there are books like The trail of Blood and books which report the historical martyr deaths of the apostles. And, reportedly, this includes Peter being crucified. Therefore, we need to correctly identify the people that this prophecy is speaking about.

Our sentence starts with the word: Wherefore, which means: 'wherever people look in the future, they will see that what follows the wherefore is a direct result of what came before it'. Thus, we know that the scribes and Pharisees are warned that upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth, from the blood of righteous Abel unto the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom ye slew between the temple and the altar And, this is because, after they were warned by God, through Jesus Christ, they continued to teach doctrine which caused the rest of the world to hate all doctrine associated with the Jews, including the true Biblical doctrine. In addition, it was the doctrine of the scribes and Pharisees, who were saved but held onto the doctrine of keeping religious traditions even when they went against the revealed will of God, which caused God to send in the Roman army to tear down the Temple and kill off all of the saved Jews, in the Jerusalem Church, who held to a requirement of circumcision and keeping the religious traditions for salvation and sanctification. Thus, the end result, which is reported by our sentence, is directly tied to the doctrine of the scribes and Pharisees, which is: keeping religious traditions even when they went against the revealed will of God.

Unfortunately, most religious people have not learned this lesson. Most religious people insist that everyone keep their religious traditions even when they went against the revealed will of God. And, this includes 'good godly fundamental KJV only Baptists'.

Our next phrase, from Luke, is: said the wisdom of God. People who want The wisdom of God will pay attention to this prophecy and understand it as well as they can. That not only means understanding the single interpretation but also understanding the many ways that it can be applied in different circumstances. It can be applied as: some of them ye shall kill and crucify or as: ye scourge in your synagogues or as: persecute them from city to city. But it can also be something like people interfering with your career, trying to get you fired, spreading lies about you with rumor and other similar acts of character assignation.

Next, our sentence says: behold. This means: 'To fix the attention upon an object; to attend; to direct or fix the mind'. Said another way, it means: 'pay close attention'. This is because the prophecy, in the rest of the sentence, applies to saved people during the 'Church Age'.

Next, God says: I send unto you prophets, and wise men and scribes. Lots of preachers claim that all preachers have the spiritual gift of prophecy. However, that is a deception from Satan and, in fact, post modern-day preachers have the same spiritual gift as The scribes and Pharisees. Look at the Biblical definition of a prophet, below. Now, when someone preaches to follow famous preachers for the application of the ministry, they are obeying the Bible. However, when they preach believing follow famous preachers for the interpretation of The word of God, they are following the example and doctrines of The scribes and Pharisees. However, a true modern-day prophet preaches 'thus saith the Lord' with their interpretation of The word of God coming strictly from The word of God, as interpreted by The Spirit of God, using The way of God.

Next, a true wise man, from The Lord teaches the testimonies of the Lord (Exodus 27:21; Exodus 40:21; Leviticus 16:13; Leviticus 24:3; Deuteronomy 6:17; 1Kings 2:3; 2Kings 23:3; 2Chronicles 34:31; Psalms 19:7; Psalms 25:10; Psalms 122:4; Jeremiah 44:23; Acts 14:3; 2Timothy 1:8). these are how The Lord said that He would work in the lives of His people and therecord of how The Lord kept His promises. Thus, a wise man from The Lord teaches people how The Lord will work in their lives. And, the basis of his teaching is the testimonies from the Bible or the testimonies from men, holy or vile sinners, who have lived when their actions and the results of their actions were recorded accurately.

The true main job of a scribes was to accurately copy The word of God. there are many liars and deceived people who claim to do the job of a Bible scribe. Thus, we need to verify their claims. The liars and deceived believe a man-written perversion of God's preserved word. they claim errors and conflicts in God's preserved word. they talk about 'The originals', which we no longer have, the 'God breathe r word of God', which we no longer have, the 'original languages (plural)' which support a lie from Satan, the 'Greek correcting the English', which is another lie from Satan, problems in the creation of the KJV-1611 including claims that it should contain the Apocrapha, and many other lies which, basically, claim that we cannot trust our 'God preserved word of God' that God has preserved in the trade language of the world and has made the most often sold book in the world for many years. Now, I have much available about these doctrinal errors and lies under the Hermey tab of the main menu for the web site. But, the most important thing to believe is: 1John 4:1 which says: Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world . The true Spirit of God tells us to believe what God has preserved unto our generation. The spirit of Satan claims that we cannot trust God but must trust the lies of Satan preached by a deceived person or preached by a minister of Satan. We will each answer to God personally for which one we chose to truly follow in our life.

Our First Equivalent Section told us the people, with special spiritual gifts, which God would provide to the Church. The equivalent section from Luke included apostles and we know that God provided the original twelve (12) with Paul replacing Judas Iscariot. And, there are references to others, but we will not go into that doctrine in this note.

Our Second Equivalent Section tells us how lost and carnal saved people will treat God's messengers and tells us that the religious people will be the worst of the persecutors. And, we've already dealt with this Second Equivalent Section, to some extent.

Our third Equivalent Section tells us why God allowed this doctrine from Satan to continue into the 'Church Age'. Many people, especially religious people, make the mistake of believing that God won't punish if there isn't instant devastating results to all sin. The n' when God does bring a punishment, people ask: 'Why doesn't God stop this ' or, 'Why does God let bad things happen to good people'. In both of these cases, people are denying their own sinful life-style and are demand ing that God reward their sinful life-style . we read about God's longsuffering in Exodus 34:6; Psalms 86:15; Romans 2:4; Romans 9:22; Colossians 3:12; Colossians 3:12; and 1Peter 3:20. In addition, Romans 9:22-23 says: What if God, willing to shew his wrath, and to make his power known, endured with much longsuffering the vessels of wrath fitted to destruction: And that he might make known the riches of his glory on the vessels of mercy, which he had afore prepared unto glory. God gives people time to repent and God records all of our attitudes, actions and words. And, anything sinful which we have not truly repented of, and gotten out of our life, we will face at the judgment of God. Therefore, the major error of these scribes and Pharisees, and of most people today, is mistaking God's longsuffering and believing that it is slackness and that they will never face judgment.

Please see the note for Colossians C2S3 about the word behold. Webster's 1828 Dictionary defines this word as: 'to fix the eyes upon; to see with attention; to observe with care. Behold the lamb of God which taketh away the sin of the world . John 1. 2. In a less intensive sense, to look upon; to see. When he beheld the serpent of brass, he lived. Num. 21.
BEHO'LD, v.i. to look; to direct the eyes to an object. And I beheld, and lo, in the midst of the throne, a lambdas it had been slain. Rev.5. 1. to fix the attention upon an object; to attend; to direct or fix the mind. Behold, I stand at the door and knock. Rev.3.word is much used in this manner for exciting attention, or admiration. It is in the imperative mode, expressing command, or exhortation; and by no means a mere exclamation'.

Please see the note for Romans C16S23 about the word wise. The New Testament definition, for this word is: 'People who use wisdom correctly'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C1S12 about the word wisdom. Please also see the note for Luke 7:37-38 about the words wisdom and righteous. There are three mental spiritual gifts called: knowledge, wisdom and understanding. People confuse the three. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C1S19 about the phrase wisdom of the world. Please also see the note for Matthew 5:18 about the phrase no wise. The New Testament definition, for this phrase, is: 'This phrase describes a condition which can never happen'. Please also see the note for Luke 2:49 about the words wist / wit. Please also see the note for Romans 1:14 about the word unwise. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Not wise. Lacking the wisdom which comes from God'. Please also see the note for Matthew 6:1 about the word otherwise. Please also see the note for Mark 4:16-17 about the word likewise. Please also see the note for Gallatians 2:6-9 about the word contrariwise. The first three chapters of 1Corinthians explain the difference between the wisdom of this world and the wisdom of God.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 1:20 about the word scribe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A secretary. A subordinate class to the priests, most of whom were Levites'.

Please see the note for Romans C13S12 about the word kill. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'cause to die'.

Please see the note for Matthew 20:19 about the word crucify. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to nail put to death by connecting a person to a cross or gibbet. Often this was by nailing the hands and feet to the tree but sometimes it by fastening to a tree with cords. Jesus Christ had to die this way in order to pay the debt for our sins'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians 1:13 about the word crucified. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word crucify'

Please see the note for Hebrews 12:5-6 about the word scourge. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: ''A form of punishment administered with a whip'.

Please see the note for Galatians C1-S11 about the word persecute. The New Testament definition is: 'to infliction of pain, punishment or death upon others unjustly, particularly for adhering to a religious creed or mode of worship, either by way of penalty or for compelling them to renounce their principles'.

Please see the note for Mark 11:19 about the word city. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'An area where many people live together and have a local government rule over them'. Please also see the note for Romans C13S12 about the phrase city of refuge. Please also see the note for Matthew 4:5 about the phrase holy city. Please also see the note for Mark 8:23 about the word town.

Please see the note for Mark 14:24 about the word shed. The New Testament definition, for this word is: 'to pour out; to effuse; to spill; to suffer to flow out'. Please also see the note for Romans C5S2 about the phrase shed abroad.

Please see the notes for 2Corinthians 5:1 and Philippians 2:9-11 about the word Earth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the physical planet we reside on, also soil or ground. At times, the application o0f this word, will focus on only part of the whole'. Please also see the note for Luke 21:10-11 about the word earthquake. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 4:7 about the word earthen. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:1 about the word earthly. Please also see the note for Matthew 27:51-53 about the word quake Please also see the note for Revelation 1:4 about the phrase kings of the earth.

Please see the note for Hebrews 11:4 about Abel. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the was the second person born and the first recorded to offer a righteous sacrifice. His name is also used, symbolically, for the first example of true Biblical faith. The Old Testament references outside of Genesis speak of a place and not the person'. Hebrews 12:24 tells us that The blood of sprinkling (from Jesus Christ)...speaketh better things than that of Abel.

Please see the Concordance for every reference in the Bible for the word Son. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A son receives the character of the father. The Biblical usage of this word is not limited to males nor is it limited to the physical father but is also used for a spiritual father'. Please also see the Summary and Verses for on The name / role in The New Testament. Please also see the note for John 1:18 about the phrase only begotten son. Please also see the note for Matthew 3:17 about the phrase beloved Son. Please also see the Lord Jesus Christ Overview about the doctrine of The names/roles of the Son of God. Please also see the note for Matthew 10:1 about the phrase James The son of Alphaeus. Please also see the note for Mark 1:19 about the phrase James The son of Zebedee. Please also see the note for Mark 1:19 about the phrase Lebbaeus / Jude The son of Alphaeus. Please also see the Minor Titles of The Son of God. Please also see the note for John 6:40-LJC about the phrase see The Son. Please also see the note for Verses in The New Testament about the phrase Son of David. Please also see the Verses in The New Testament about the phrase Son of man (upper-case=Son of God). Please also see the note for Hebrews 2:6 about the phrase son of man (lower-case = man). Please also see the notes for Romans 8:14-LJC; Galatians C4S3 and 1Timothy 1:2-LJC about the phrase sons of God.

Please see the note for Matthew 2:16 about the word slew. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Past-tense of slay'. Please see the note for Luke 11:49-51 about the word slay. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the proper sense is to strike, and as beating was an early mode of killing, this word, like smite, came to signify to kill'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'I send. Mt 10:16; 28:19-20; Lu 11:49; 24:47; Joh 20:21; Ac 1:8; 1Co 12:3-11; Eph 4:8-12 prophets. Ac 11:27; 13:1; 15:32; Re 11:10 and wise. Pr 11:30; 1Co 2:6; 3:10; Col 1:28 scribes. Mt 13:52 ye. Mt 10:16-17; Joh 16:2; Ac 5:40; 7:51-52,58-59; 9:1-2; 12:2; 14:19; 22:19-20; 2Co 11:24-25; 1Th 2:16; Heb 11:37 General references. exp: 2Ki 21:10; Pr 25:26; Lu 12:11; 19:27; Joh 17:18.
upon. Ge 9:5-6; Nu 35:33; De 21:7-8; 2Ki 21:16; 24:4; Isa 26:21; Jer 2:30,34; 26:15,23; La 4:13-14; Re 18:24 the blood of righteous. Ge 4:8; Heb 11:4; 12:24; 1Jo 3:11-12 unto. 2Ch 24:20-22; Zec 1:1; Lu 11:51 General references. exp: 2Ki 21:10; Pr 25:26; Eze 11:6; Lu 19:27; Joh 10:31'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S37 (Verse 36) the men living then would do these things.

Verily I say unto you,
All these things shall come upon this generation.

Jesus is making it very clear, to the Jews listening to Him at that time, that the prophesied judgment would come upon the Jews who were alive at that time.

Please see the note for Matthew 16:28 about the word verily. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'In truth; in fact; certainly. This has been verified but you personally need to also verify it because you will be judged by God for your belief of what is verified'. The phrase of: Verily, verily is only found in the Gospel of John. (See the note for John 1:51. When we see the word verily used twice in a row the sentence is fulfilling the legal requirement which is necessary to present something which everyone must believe. Thus, every place, where we see the phrase verily, verily, is a precept and is something which God will use as His law when He judges us.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Mt 24:34; Eze 12:21-28; Mr 13:30-31; Lu 21:32-33 exp: 2Ki 21:10; Pr 25:26; Lu 19:27'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S38 (Verse 37) Why Jerusalem will be punished.

O Jerusalem,
Jerusalem,
thou that killest the prophets,
and stonest them which are sent unto thee,
how often would I have gathered thy children together,
even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings,
and ye would not!.

In Matthew 23:37-39 and Luke 13:34-35 Jesus prophesied the destruction of Jerusalem because they rejected Him and crucified Him. prophecy Fulfilled Section of the Significant Gospel Events Study for Bible references to similar events. Luke 13:34-35 are equivalent sentences but they were said at another time and place. This shows us that Jesus taught the same doctrine multiple times.

In our sentence, and the matching sentence, we read that Jesus was upset about the punishment that would come upon Jerusalem. This was upon the religious leaders, the civil leaders and all of the common Jews who follower either group of leaders into a life-style of sin. Read the last part of the sentence where Jesus speaks as God and says: how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings. However, our sentence continues with: and ye would not!. God gives each of us a free will and will not take it away even to keep people out of the lake of fire nor even to prevent the destruction of His people.

The first part of our sentence tells us why God brought this judgment upon His people when It says: thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee. Trying to hurt God's messengers is a sure way to have God hurt you. It does not matter if you are a child of God or not. And, yes, God will let you get away with doing whatever you want to do against God's messengers, so that there is no question of your guilt when God judges you. True godly wisdom is to not hurt God's messengers and to help them all that you can regardless of what treasured religious tradition that you have and that they correct.

Our next two sentences tell us the final judgment by God, for what this sentence, and the prior sentence, said that they will do. they also say how long that judgment will last.

Please see the note for Galatians C1-S12 about Jerusalem. the New Testament definition, for Jerusalem, is: 'the central place of worship of the true God. In the Bible, this phrase is used only for Jerusalem or the New Jerusalem'. Please also see the note for Matthew 4:5 about the phrase holy city.

Please see the note for Romans C13S12 about the word kill. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'cause to die'.

Please see the note for 1Peter 2:4-5 about the word stone, and in particular, about the phrase lively stones. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the same composition as a rock or a pebble but with a size between the two. Jesus Christ is called "the chief corner stone" of our relationship with God'. Further, please see the note for Luke 17:28-29 about the word brimstone. Please also see the note for Ephesians 2:20 about the phrase corner stone. Please also see the note for Luke 17:2 about the word millstone. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C3S13 about the phrase precious stones. Please use This link to see the 'Minor Titles of the Son of God' found within the Bible along with links to where the Bible uses those titles. This title is stone.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 8:13-15 about the word gather. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Collected; assembled; contracted; plaited; drawn by inference'. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Collected; assembled; contracted; plaited; drawn by inference'. The New Testament definition for the word gathered is: 'the past-tense of the word gather'. The New Testament definition for the word gathereth is: 'A life-style of gathering'. The New Testament definition for the word gathering is: 'Ongoing action of gather'. Please also see the parable of the 'Parable of the Wheat and Tares' (Matthew 13:24-30), which uses this word.

We find forms of the word hen in: Zechariah 6:14; Matthew 23:37; Luke 13:34. The Morrish Bible Dictionary defines this word as: 'Son of Zephaniah. Zec 6:14. By comparing verse 14 with verse 10 Hen (really Chen) appears to be another name of Josiah. Some treat the word Hen not as a proper name, and translate 'for the favour of the son of Zephaniah.'
In Mt 23:37; Lu 13:34 the domestic fowl is alluded to, and her well-known care for her chickens, in illustration of how the Lord would have gathered the Jews under His almighty and loving protection; but, alas, they would not!'. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Female domesticated foul'.

We find forms of the word wing occurring 91 times in 70 verses of the Bible and, in the New Testament, in: our current sentence; Luke 13:34; Revelation 4:8; Revelation 9:9; Revelation 12:14. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the limb of a fowl by which it flies. In a few species of fowls, the wings do not enable them to fly butthe wings assist the fowls in running. Used as a symbol of protection'. Please also see the note for Luke 9:58 about the word bird.

The Morrish Bible Dictionary defines this word as: 'Used as a symbol of protection. Under 'the shadow of God's wings' is referred to in the Psalms; and the Lord said He would often have gathered Israel as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, but they would not. Ps 17:8; 36:7; 57:1; Mt 23:37; etc. Wings were given for rapid motion. the living creatures in Ezek. 1, had each four wings, and those in Isa 6:2 and Rev. 4, had each of them six wings. God's executives are swift messengers'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'Jerusalem. Jer 4:14; 6:8; Lu 13:34; Re 11:8 thou. Mt 23:30; 5:12; 21:35-36; 22:6; 2Ch 24:21-22; Ne 9:26; Jer 2:30; 26:23; Mr 12:3-6; Lu 20:11-14; Ac 7:51-52; 1Th 2:15; Re 11:7; 17:6 exp: Jer 11:21. how. 2Ch 36:15-16; Ps 81:8-11; Jer 6:16-17; 11:7-8; 25:3-7; 35:15; 42:9-13; 44:4; Zec 1:4 even. De 32:11-12; Ru 2:12; Ps 17:8; 36:7; 57:1; 63:7; 91:4 exp: Ga 4:29. and ye. Mt 22:3; Pr 1:24-31; Isa 50:2; Ho 11:2,7; Lu 14:17-20; 15:28; 19:14-44 exp: Isa 30:15. General references. exp: 2Ki 21:10; Pr 25:26; Isa 5:4'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S39 (Verse 38) Prophecy of the future of Jerusalem.

Behold,
your house is left unto you desolate.

Luke 13:35 is equivalent to this sentence and the next sentence.

Our sentence starts with the word Behold because Jesus really wanted them to pay attention to His warning. Unfortunately, they treated this warning, like most people treat Bible warnings, and ignored it.

Please see the note for Mark 13:14-16 about the word desolation. Easton's Bible Dictionary defines this word as: '(Mt 24:15; Mr 13:14; comp. Lu 21:20), is interpreted of the eagles, the standards of the Roman army, which were an abomination to the Jews. these standards, rising over the site of the temple, were a sign that the holy place had fallen under the idolatrous Romans. the references are to Da 9:27'. Forms of this word are used, in this Gospel, in: Matthew 12:25; Matthew 23:38; Matthew 24:15.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Mt 24:2; 2Ch 7:20-21; Ps 69:24; Isa 64:10-12; Jer 7:9-14; Da 9:26; Zec 11:1-2,6; 14:1-2; Mr 13:14; Lu 13:35; 19:43-44; 21:6,20,24; Ac 6:13-14 exp: Lu 14:24'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C23-S40 (Verse 39) When the prophecy will end.

For I say unto you,
Ye shall not see me henceforth,
till ye shall say,
Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord.

This verse fulfills Psalms 118:25-26 and it can also be seen in Psalms 148.

Luke 13:35 is equivalent to this sentence and the prior sentence.

This is a reference to when Jesus Christ will return as ruling Lord and all of the Jews who live through the great tribulation will be saved in a single day (Zechariah 9:13-16). Those Jews who refuse to accept Jesus Christ as their own ruling Lord will be killed during the great tribulation. But, after the crucifixion, Jesus only revealed himself to His own physical family and to believers. Please also see the prophecies of Jeremiah 23:5-6 Jeremiah 33:14-16.

Please see the note for Matthew 5:3 about the word blessed. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word bless'. Please also see the note for Romans 4:6 about the word blessedness. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the word bless'. Please also see the note for Galatians 3:14 about the word blessing. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word bless'. Please also see the note for Matthew 5:44 about the word bless. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'receiving, or wishing another to receive, the spiritual good from God which produces spiritual joy even while it might make us less happy in the flesh'. The words blessest, and the word blesseth, are only found in the Old Testament.

The phrase The name of the Lord means: 'In the power and authority represented by the name of the Lord God'. Please see the note for Luke 13:35 for links to every place in the Bible (108 verses) where we read this phrase.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 5:14-15 about the word henceforth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'from this time forward'. Please also see the note for Matthew 5:13 about the word thenceforth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Thence and forth. What follows this word happens after the time of the event which was identified before this word'. As can be seen, these two words are very close in meaning. Please also see the note for Matthew 17:20 about the word hence.

Please see the note for Galatians C4-S2 about the words woman. The word women is: 'the plural form of the word woman'. The New Testament definition, of the word woman, is: 'the female of the human race, grown to adult years. She was originally created by God to be a helpmeet to her husband'. Please also see the note for Luke 1:15 about the word womb. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the uterus or matrix of a female; that part where the young of an animal is conceived and nourished till its birth'. Please also see the note for Romans C9S19 about the phrase What is man.

Please see the note for Matthew 3:11 about the word cometh. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of a life-style form of the word come'. Please also see the note for Matthew 3:14 about the word comest. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the verb form of a life-style form of the word come'. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of a life-style form of the word come'. Please also see the Concordance about the word come. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to advance or move towards the person who is in consideration'. Please also see the note for Matthew 18:3 about the word become. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'a combination of the words be and come. Entering a new state of being'. Please also see the note for Matthew 3:15 about the word becometh. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the life-style form of the word become'. Please also see the note for Matthew 3:11 about the phrase come after me.

Please see the note for Philippians 2:9-11 about the word name. The New Testament definition is: 'How a person is identified including their power and authority'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C1S4 about the phrase The name. Please also see the note for Acts 1:23 about the word surname. The New Testament definition is: 'In scripture this means an additional or added name, not a family name, as the word now implies'. Please also see the note for 1Peter 4:14-LJC about the phrase name of Christ. Please also see the note for Luke 13:35 about the phrase name of the Lord. Please also see the Lord Jesus Christ Overview for the doctrine of the names/roles of the Son of God.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'Ye shall not. Ho 3:4; Lu 2:26-30; 10:22-23; 17:22; Joh 8:21,24,56; 14:9,19 Blessed. Mt 21:9; Ps 118:26; Isa 40:9-11; Zec 12:10; Ro 11:25; 2Co 3:14-18 General references. exp: Lu 14:24; Joh 7:34; Ro 11:23'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

Matthew Chapter 24

links to sentences in this chapter:

C24-S1 (Verse 1), C24-S2 (Verse 2), C24-S3 (Verse 2), C24-S4 (Verse 3), C24-S5 (Verse 3), C24-S6 (Verse 4), C24-S7 (Verse 5), C24-S8 (Verse 6), C24-S9 (Verse 7), C24-S10 (Verse 8), C24-S11 (Verse 9), C24-S12 (Verse 10), C24-S13 (Verse 11), C24-S14 (Verse 12), C24-S15 (Verse 13), C24-S16 (Verse 14), C24-S17 (Verse 15-18), C24-S18 (Verse 19), C24-S19 (Verse 20-21), C24-S20 (Verse 22), C24-S21 (Verse 23), C24-S22 (Verse 24), C24-S23 (Verse 25), C24-S24 (Verse 26), C24-S25 (Verse 27), C24-S26 (Verse 28), C24-S27 (Verse 29-30), C24-S28 (Verse 31), C24-S29 (Verse 32-33), C24-S30 (Verse 34), C24-S31 (Verse 35), C24-S32 (Verse 36), C24-S33 (Verse 37), C24-S34 (Verse 38-39), C24-S35 (Verse 40), C24-S36 (Verse 41), C24-S37 (Verse 42), C24-S38 (Verse 43), C24-S39 (Verse 44), C24-S40 (Verse 45), C24-S41 (Verse 46), C24-S42 (Verse 47), C24-S43 (Verse 48-51)'.

Please use This link to see the chapter summary.

Chapter theme: Prophecy of Future Events

All of Matthew 10:17-23; Matthew 24:1-25:30; Mark 13; Luke 21:5-36 and Luke 21:8-36 are dealing with prophecies of future events. Please see the Prophecies; Prophecy Fulfilled; Promises and other Sections of the Significant Gospel Events Study for Bible references to similar events.

Matthew 24:1-25:30; Mark 13 and Luke 21 also prophesy future events. these prophecies include: the destruction of the Temple in Jerusalem, false christs, wars, natural disasters, the 'Rapture', the great tribulation and the return of Jesus Christ as ruling Lord.

While these references all deal with the same general subject, the details vary. No single references has all of the details and each reference has details not found in the other references. Therefore, all need to be studied together in order to understand all that can be understood. In addition, the notes in the relatedBook Studies provide further details and links to matching references within the Bible. Therefore, they should also be studied for a fuller understanding.

Some of these prophecies apply to the saved of today and some do not. Unfortunately, too many so-called 'prophecy experts' do not make this distinction. Within these chapters Jesus said: such things must needs be; but the end shall not be yet and these are the beginnings of sorrows. Many preachers miss the fact that the sentences associated with these phrases are prophecies that apply to today and they claim that prophecies for today prove that the great tribulation is going to start immediately.

Many people fail to realize that true, unfulfilled, Biblical prophecy is actually a promise, from God, about what will happen in the future. Therefore, we can find some promises that can apply to us personally which are within these prophecies.

With that in mind, we need to realize that Satan has lots of ministers who proclaim all kinds of lies about unfulfilled prophecy. For example, there are current events which match where Jesus said: The end shall not be yet. However, there are lots of preachers who deliberately lie or who are deceived and claim that the 'Rapture' (The end) has to happen immediately. Now, with that error acknowledged, we can find some promises that can apply to us personally which are within these prophecies. they are:

Matthew 24:6; Mark 13:7 and Luke 21:9 tell us: And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars: see that ye be not troubled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. (the message is the same but the wording differs between the Gospel accounts.) when this happens, Jesus told us: Settle it therefore in your hearts, not to meditate before what ye shall answer: forI will give you a mouth and wisdom, which all your adversaries shall not be able to gainsay nor resist. God lets this happen so that we can give a testimony. Unless we let God's Holy Ghost speak through us, we will not give the right testimony. But, if we do let God's Holy Ghost speak through us, then we will give the right testimony and God will reward us for that .
Matthew 24:9-10; Mark 13:12-13 and Luke 21:12 tell us: Now the brother shall betray the brother to death, and the father the son; and children shall rise up against their parents, and shall cause them to be put to death. And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved. Now, many people teach all kinds of doctrines based upon the phrase he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved, but the best understanding comes from the phrase that Luke gives us, which is: In your patience possess ye your souls. If we stay true to God and the testimony that God wants to deliver through our life, then God's Holy Ghost will help us and God will save our eternal rewards which result from the testimony and the positive changes in our character (soul) will go with us into eternity.
Matthew 24:42-51 tells us that God will judge us for if we stay true to our profession of salvation or if we will act like lost and carnal people. Likewise, Mark 13:35-37 and Luke 21:36 say to watch without giving as many details as Matthew reports. Those saved people who stay true to their profession will receive a reward. Those saved people who act like lost and carnal people will found that The lord of that servant shall...cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. Now, there is a lot of doctrinal error taught about where we find the phrase weeping and gnashing of teeth. Yes, some places it is talking about people who end up in Hell. However, it is also applied to people who make it into The kingdom of Heaven (they are saved) but who do not produce a spiritual profit for God while they were in the physical world . No one can be sent to Hell from The kingdom of Heaven and God cannot wipe away all tears from their (saved people in Heaven) eyes after the great white throne judgment (Revelation 20:11). Therefore, we are warned to maintain a good testimony through our death regardless of what circumstances that God lets us endure. If we don't do that, we mat end up with weeping and gnashing of teeth even while we are in heaven.

In addition to those divisions, there is also a division based upon time. The three broad categories, of time, are:

Matthew 24:4-13; Matthew 10:17-23; Mark 13:5-13 and Luke 21:8-19 have prophecies of events before the 'Rapture'.
Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.
Matthew 24:32; Mark 13:26-37 and Luke 21:29-38 give the 'Parable of the Fig Tree' and the command to watch. This is a command for today.

Now, with those references separated, we can deal with the other prophecies within our chapter.

In Matthew 24:3; Mark 13:3-4 and Luke 21:7; we read that the disciples asked Jesus: Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled?

Matthew 10:17-23; Matthew 24:4-13; Mark 13:5-13 and Luke 21:8-19 have prophecies of events before the 'Rapture'.

Matthew 24:4-5; Matthew 24:23-26; Mark 13:5-6 and Luke 21:8 give the same message about false Christs. In addition, Matthew 24:10-13 warns about people claiming to be saved but living in hate instead of in love.

Matthew 24:6-8; Mark 13:7-8 and Luke 21:9-11 warn about wars and rumours of wars. We are told that the end shall not be yet. Therefore, anyone who claims otherwise is a liar and / or deceived and is deceiving others.

Matthew 24:9-13; Mark 13:9-13 and Luke 21:12-19 warn about persecution of the true witnesses of Christ by religious and civil authorities. In addition, Matthew 24:20-13 warns about false prophets and people claiming to be saved but living in hate instead of in love.

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.

Matthew 24:14 and Mark 13:10 says, that The gospel must first be published among all nations. Matthew tells us that this is the : gospel of the kingdom. That means that this must happen during the great tribulation because the gospel of the kingdom is for Jews and not for the 'Church Age'.

Matthew 24:15-18; Mark 13:14-16 and Luke 21:20-22 warn about The abomination of desolation (the beast of Revelation) being in the temple and presenting himself as 'god in human flesh', but in fact will be a devil in human flesh. In addition, the Jews are warned to flee to the mountains. these verses speak about the time known as the great tribulation.

Matthew 24:15-18; Mark 13:18-20 and Luke 21:20-22 warn the Jews to pray about the circumstances when they have to flee.

Matthew 24:19; Mark 13:17 and Luke 21:23 say: woe to them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days!. This warning is not for the 'Church Age'.

As part of the great tribulation, Luke 21:8; Matthew 24:4-5; Matthew 24:23-26; Mark 13:5-6 and Mark 13:21-22 warn about more false christs.

Matthew 24:25 and Mark 13:23 warn us to personally take ye heed of true Biblical prophecy.

Matthew 24:29-30; Mark 13:24-25 and Luke 21:24-26 warn about terrible things that will happen just before the return of Christ.

Matthew 24:27-31; Mark 13:26-27 and Luke 21:27-28 tell about Christ's return to Earth to rule and reign.

Matthew 24:31; Mark 13:27 and Luke 21:28 tell about Christ gathering the Jews from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven.

Matthew 24:32; Mark 13:28-30 and Luke 21:29-32 give the 'Parable of the Barren Fig Tree' and the command to watch.

Matthew 24:34; Mark 13:30 and Luke 21:32 tell us Verily I say unto you, that this generation shall not pass, till all these things be done.

Matthew 24:35; Mark 13:31 and Luke 21:33 say: Heaven and earth shall pass away: but my words shall not pass away. This is a promise that God will preserve His word and that we can rely upon it not matter what circumstances we find ourselves in. Please see the Promises Section of the Significant Gospel Events Study for Bible references to similar events.

Matthew 24:35-36; Mark 13:31-37 and Luke 21:33-36 give us a final warning and final commandments which are based upon these prophecies and on the precept which started these Bible references.

Matthew 24:37-39 and Luke 17:26-27 tell us that the days of the great tribulation will be like the days of Noah.

Matthew 24:40-51 give us the command to watch with illustrations and a parable to teach the application.

In Matthew 24:43-44 and Luke 12:39; we read the 'Parable to Watch for the thief'. It is also found in the Table of Parables in the New Testament.

In Matthew 24:45-51 and Luke 12:42-48; we read the 'Parable of the Wise Steward'. It is also found in the Table of Parables in the New Testament.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides a chapter outline as:

1-2. Christ foretells the destruction of the temple;
3-28. what and how great calamities shall be before it;
29-35. the signs of his coming to judgment.
36-41. And because that day and hour are unknown,
42-51. we ought to watch like good servants, expecting every moment our Master's coming'.

C24-S1 (Verse 1) Jesus and His disciples left the religious crowd.

Equivalent Section: they left the Temple.

And Jesus went out,
and departed from the temple:.

Equivalent Section: the disciples were impressed by the buildings.

and his disciples came to him for to shew him the buildings of the temple.

Matthew 24:1-2; Mark 13:1-2 and Luke 21:5-6 also prophesy the destruction of the Temple in Jerusalem. In addition, Luke 19:41-44 prophesies the destruction of Jerusalem and of the Temple in Jerusalem. Although the fulfillment of this prophecy is not in the Bible, it was fulfilled when God sent the Roman Army to destroy the Temple and to kill most of the saved Jews in the Jerusalem Church because they kept preaching a works salvation and a works sanctification which required saved people to maintain the religious parts of the Mosaic Law. they kept this doctrine even after the 'Council of Jerusalem' where God proved that people did not have to be Jews nor did they have to be circumcised in order to receive God's indwelling Holy Spirit and to be saved.

Mark 13:1 and Luke 21:5-6 are equivalent sentences to our current sentence. The First Equivalent Section:, of our current sentence, says: And Jesus went out, and departed from the temple. The equivalent section from Mark says: And as he went out of the temple. The equivalent section from Luke says: And as some spake of the temple. Luke does not tell us that Jesus departed but just before this He was in the Temple by the treasury. And, when people start talking about the appearance of a building, they are, usually, outside of it and looking at it. This, along with other matches between Gospel accounts, and the reports from Matthew and Mark, let us know that Jesus was outside of the Temple as the reports from these three (3) Gospel accounts continue.

The Second Equivalent Section:, of our current sentence, says: and his disciples came to him for to shew him the buildings of the temple. The equivalent section from Mark says: one of his disciples saith unto him, Master, see what manner of stones and what buildings are here!. The equivalent section from Luke says: how it was adorned with goodly stones and gifts. Thus, while the words differ, the message is the same from all three (3) Gospel accounts. The disciples directed Jesus to look at the physical building and agree with them that it was impressive.

Please see the note for Matthew 2:9 about the word departed. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word depart'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 12:8 about the word depart. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to go or move from'. Please also see the note for Mark 6:33 about the word departing. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word depart'.

Please see the note for Colossians C2S8 about the word shew. The New Testament definition, for this word is: 'This word is usually taught to be: the Biblical spelling for the word 'show'. However, the true meaning is far more important. Every place where this word is used, there is a spiritual message, within the context of the word, and what is shewn is a physical sign of the spiritual message'. The New Testament definition, for the word sheweth is: 'A permanent spiritual change which has signs in this world . An example is true Biblical salvation'. The New Testament definition, for the word shewed is: 'the past-tense form of the word shew'. Please also see the note for Matthew 12:4 about the word shewbread.

Please see the note for Matthew 7:24 about the word built. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense of the word build'. Please also see the note for Acts 17:25 about the word build. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to framed and raise something; to construct'. Please also see the note for Luke 17:28 about the word builded. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense of the word build'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians 3:10 about the word buildeth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of a life-style form of the word build'. Please also see the note for Matthew 27:40 about the word buildest. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the verb form of a life-style form of the word build'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians 3:9 about the word building. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the verb form is an ongoing form of the word build. The noun form is what has been built'. Please also see the note for 1Peter 2:7-8 about the word builders. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the plural form of the word builder'. Please also see the note for 1Peter 2:7-8 about the word builders. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the plural form of the word builder'. Please also see the note for 1Peter 2:7-8 about the word builder. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the person who builds'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'departed. Mt 23:39; Jer 6:8; Eze 8:6; 10:17-19; 11:22-23; Ho 9:12 shew. Mr 13:1-2; Lu 21:5-6; Joh 2:20'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S2 (Verse 2) Jesus responds to what they point out.

And Jesus said unto them,
See ye not all these things?.

Here we read that Jesus responds to their statement of the prior sentence. While they though that the Temple, that existed at that time, was impressive, Jesus will tell them otherwise. And, He will not just tell them to not be impressed with the physical, but he will tell them what to be impressed with.

First, He wanted them to know that God was not impressed with the works of man. Secondly, this prophecy was fulfilled because the Jerusalem Church kept preaching a works salvation and a works sanctification even after God corrected their doctrine three times. they preached that you had to be a Jew and circumcised in order to be saved. After God proved that wrong, they still preached that Jews had to be circumcised in order to be saved and that God made a difference between Jew and Gentile. further, they preached that saved Jews had to keep the Jewish religious traditions in order to be sanctified, even though Jesus died to prove that wrong. God had the Temple torn down so that they could not keep the Jewish religious traditions.

Mark 13:2 is an equivalent sentence. Our current sentence, says: And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things?. The equivalent section from Mark says: And Jesus answering said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings?. Luke skips over this sentence. However, in the sentences from Matthew and Mark we see that Jesus responded to the disciples, and pointed out the same buildings (more than one) before He started prophesying their destruction. And, obviously, if they will be destroyed, they will not be important. in the future.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S3 (Verse 2) Jesus prophesies their future.

verily I say unto you,
there shall not be left here one stone upon another,
that shall not be thrown down.

According to the history that I was told, someone started a fire in the Temple and all of the gold melted and ran down between the stones of the Temple walls. Therefore, the Roman soldiers threw down all of the stones in order to get the gold that had melted and run under the stones.

Please see the note for Matthew 2:11 about the word down. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'In a descending direction; tending from a higher to a lower place'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 4:8-10 about the phrase cast down. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to cause the destruction of the thing that is cast away'. Please also see the note for Luke 21:5-6 about the phrase thrown down. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'having a structure completely taken apart as a means of destruction and the parts disposed of as useless'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 10:5 about the phrase pull down. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'destroy'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'there. Josephus says that "C'sar gave orders that they should now demolish the whole city and temple, except the three towers Phaselus, Hippicus, and Mariamne, and a part of the western wall; but all the rest was laid so completely even with the ground, by those who dug it up from the foundation, that there was nothing left to make those who came thither believe that it had ever been inhabited." 1Ki 9:7-8; Jer 26:18; Eze 7:20-22; Da 9:26-27; Mic 3:12; Lu 19:44; 2Pe 3:11 exp: Mr 13:2; Lu 21:6. General references. exp: Mt 23:38'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S4 (Verse 3) the disciples seek more prophecy.

And as he sat upon the mount of Olives,
The disciples came unto him privately,
saying,
Tell us,
when shall these things be?.

I cannot remember another time when the disciples asked Jesus to tell them prophecy. He did give prophecy at other times. But, to the best of my recollection (which may be wrong) He gave it, without a request from someone else, earlier in His ministry.

Mark 13:4 and Luke 21:7 are equivalent sentences to this sentence. The first phrase, of our current sentence, says: And as he sat upon the mount of Olives. The equivalent section from Mark says: And as he sat upon the mount of Olives over against the temple. The equivalent sentences from Luke says: And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?. Notice that Luke reports a question that Matthew and Mark leave out. I personally believe this is because Jesus was very vague on the signs. We see all kinds of 'prophecy preachers' claiming that the signs have been met for the 'Rapture' or for the great tribulation. Yet, neither has happened yet. Therefore, it is very easy to misinterpret the signs.

In addition to those considerations, the reports from Matthew and Mark tell us where Jesus sat but only Mark reports that He could see (over against the temple) the Temple as He spoke this prophecy.

The rest of our current sentence, says: The disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be?. The equivalent section from Mark says: Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately, Tell us, when shall these things be?. It would appear as if the other disciples did not hear, at this time. However, we can be sure that they were told later.

Please see the Word Study called: The End of the world for links to every place where this phrase is used and an explanation of how the phrase is used within the context where it is found. This phrase isused to identify 'the return of our Lord Jesus Christ to rule and reign this world for 1,000 years'.

Please see the note for John 8:1 about the phrases Mount of Olives / Mount of Olivet. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the mountain range on the east of Jerusalem, separated from the city by the Kidron valley. It doubtless derived its name from the olive-trees that grew on it'. This mount is identified, in this Gospel, in: Matthew 21:1; Matthew 24:3; Matthew 26:30. Please also see the note for Matthew 17:1-LJC about the phrase Mount of Transfiguration. Please also see the note for John 6:3 about the word mountain.

Please see the note for Romans C11S28 about the olive / olive tree. The New Testament definition, for the word, olive / olive tree is: 'A plant or tree of the genus Olea. It is a source of food and oil used for lamps and other purposes'. The New Testament definition, for the word, olive / olive tree is: 'Used symbolically, in The word of God , for Spirit controlled people of God'.

Please see the note for Mark 13:3-4 about the word privately. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'In a secret manner; not openly or publicly'. Please also see the note for Acts 16:37 about the word privily. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Privately; secretly'. Please also see the note for Acts 5:1 about the word privy. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Private; pertaining to some person exclusively; assigned to private uses; not public. Secret; clandestine; not open or public; as a privy attempt to kill one'.

Please see the note for Matthew 18:31 about the words tell / told. The New Testament definition for the word tell is: 'to communicate to others'. The New Testament definition for the word told is: 'the past tense form of the word tell'. Please also see the note for Matthew 22:15 about the word talk. The New Testament definition, for this word is: 'to converse familiarly; to speak, as in familiar discourse, when two or more persons interchange thoughts'. Please also see the Concordancefor the related words of said and say. Please also see the note for Romans 11:1 about the phrase I say. The New Testament definition is: 'This phrase expressesa personal opinion, which usually follows the phrase'. Please also see the note for Matthew 26:1 about the word sayings (plural). Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 2:17 about the word speak. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 3:12-14 about the word speech. Please also see the note for Ephesians C4S15 about the phrase evil speaking. The words speaketh and saith mean that the person 'keeps on keeping on doing the saying'. We find the word saith in: our current sentence and 6:17-18. Please also see the note for Revelation 1:8 and the Concordance for all references to the word saith.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'he sat. Mt 21:1; Mr 13:3-4 the disciples. Mt 13:10-11,36; 15:12; 17:19 Tell. Da 12:6-8; Lu 21:7; Joh 21:21-22; Ac 1:7; 1Th 5:1-11 the sign. Mt 24:32-33,43 exp: Mt 24:30. The end. Mt 13:39-40,49; 28:20; Heb 9:26 General references. exp: Isa 24:19; Mr 13:4; Lu 17:30; Ac 3:20'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S5 (Verse 3) the disciples specify the prophecy they are most interested in.

and what shall be the sign of thy coming,
and of the end of the world ?.

The exact phrase of: The end of the world occurs in: Psalms 19:4; Psalms 22:27; Isaiah 62:11; Matthew 13:39; Matthew 13:49; Matthew 24:3; Matthew 28:20; Romans 10:18; 1Corinthians 10:11; Hebrews 9:26. The world is not the Earth but is all of the people in the Earth and often is used for the majority opinion / thought process. Thus, our phrase and of the end of the world , is actually 'The Second Coming of Christ' because it is: 'The end of the time for all of the worldlythinking'. And, that type of thinking will end when Jesus Christ rules this world an imposes God's law upon everyone. In addition, the phrase thy coming is actually 'The Rapture'. Therefore, what we have here is a question for signs of two different events which will happen at two different times.

I find this question to be amazing. The disciples were all in denial of prophecies, from Jesus, about His future suffering and death. And, in the future from this time and at the 'Last Supper', they were unprepared for Jesus saying that He would go away. Yet, here, we read that they question Him about His return. So, either this question was asked later but reported now by the Gospel authors, or Jesus had told them that he would leave, and they remembered it now but forgot it later. Remember that none of the Gospel accounts are in time sequence and, as we have seen in other places, sometimes the Gospel authors present two events in a way that makes them appear to be a single event because the two events both support the point that the author is making. So, either of these possibilities are possible and this point is just a curiosity and not a source of conflict. whether Jesus made all of these prophecies at this time, or Matthew collected all of the prophecies together, is not relevant and either case is possible with the style used by the Gospel authors.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 12:12 about the word sign. The New Testament definition, for this word is: 'A token, pledge, or proof. Also a supernatural portent, and a miracle, regarded as a token of the divine'. Please also see the note for Hebrews 9:7-10 about the word signify.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 11:15 about the word end. Easton's Bible Dictionary defines this word as: 'in Heb 13:7, is therendering of the unusual Greek word ekbasin, meaning "outcome", i.e., death. It occurs only else where in 1Co 10:13, where it is rendered "escape."'.

Please see the note for Romans C16S33 about the word world. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'all of the people on the Earth as a group'. Please also see the note for Hebrews 9:1 about the word worldly. The New Testament definition, for this word is: 'of this world'. Please also see the note for Hebrews 1:2 about the word worlds. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the plural form of the word world'. Please also see the notes on world in 1John. Please also see the Study called End of The World. Please also see the note for John 9:5 about the phrase light of The world. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C1S19 about the phrase wisdom of the world.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'The sign. Mt 24:32-33,43 exp: Mt 24:30. The end. Mt 13:39-40,49; 28:20; Heb 9:26 General references. exp: Isa 24:19; Mr 13:4; Lu 17:30; Ac 3:20'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S6 (Verse 4) Jesus starts with a warning against false prophecy.

And Jesus answered and said unto them,
Take heed that no man deceive you.

Matthew 24:4-13; Matthew 10:17-23; Mark 13:5-13 and Luke 21:8-19 have prophecies of events before the 'Rapture'.

Please see the Doctrinal Study called False for links to where the Bible warns us about: False Teachers, False Preachers and False Christs.

Jesus also warns us about deception in Jeremiah 29:8; Luke 17:23; Luke 21:8 and 1John 4:1-3.

Many apply the warning of this sentence to the next sentence and stop there. However, all of the rest of our chapter is warning us about different types of deception. Therefore, this sentence should be considered an introductory warning for the rest of the chapter.

Please see the note for Matthew 4:4 about the word answered. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of answer'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:12 about the word answer. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to speak in return to a call or question, or to a speech, declaration or argument of another person'. Please also see the note for Mark 8:29 about the word answereth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of a life-style form of an answer'. Please also see the note for Matthew 4:4 about the word answered. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word answer'.

Please see the note for 1Timothy 4:16 about the word heed. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Pay attention; watch out. Ge 31:24'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians C3S18 about the word deceive. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the verb form of the word deceit'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C3S18 the word deceived. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word deceive'. Please see the note for Matthew 27:63 the word deceiver. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the person who deceives'. Please also see the Study called False things according to the Bible about many types of deceivers. Please see the note for Matthew 27:63 the word deceiver. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the person who deceives'. Please also see the Study called False things according to the Bible about many types of deceivers. Please see the note for Matthew 27:63 the word deceiver. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the person who deceives'. Please also see the note for Galatians 6:3 the word deceiveth. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word deceive'. Please also see the note for Galatians C6S3 the phrase deceiveth himself. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'this person has a lifestyle of deliberately choosing to believe a lie no matter what evidence he sees against his chosen belief'. Please also see the note for 2Timothy 3:13 the word deceiving. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the ongoing form of the word deceive'. Please also see the note for Romans C1S16 about the word deceit. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'similar to fraud. Fraud is a legal term that specifies a violation of a law. Deceit is action verb which attempts to achieve the same harm as fraud but also encompasses actions which may not violate the letter of the law'.Please also see the note for Matthew 13:22 about the word deceitfulness. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the condition of being full of deceit. This is the condition of the natural human heart'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 11:13 about the word deceitful. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'full of deceit'. Please also see the note for 2Thessalonians 2:10 about the word deceivableness. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the amount of deceiving that something has'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'Take. Jer 29:8; Mr 13:5-6,22; Lu 21:8; 2Co 11:13-15; Eph 4:14; 5:6; Col 2:8,18; 2Th 2:3; 2Pe 2:1-3; 1Jo 4:1 exp: Heb 3:12'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S7 (Verse 5) Why the prior sentence is true.

First Step: the world is full of liars.

For many shall come in my name,
saying,
I am Christ;.

Second Step: the world is full of fools.

and shall deceive many.

Matthew 24:4-13; Matthew 10:17-23; Mark 13:5-13 and Luke 21:8-19 have prophecies of events before the 'Rapture'.

Please see the Doctrinal Study called False for links to where the Bible warns us about: False Teachers, False Preachers and False Christs.

Our prior sentence warned us to Take heed that no man deceive you. Everyone should realize that the world is full of liars. Therefore, anyone who accepts the claims of a self-proclaimed religious expert, without verifying those claims, is a fool. And, our Second Step warns us that the world is full of fools. Therefore, if we are following the most popular religion in our area, or we are following the most popular doctrine within out religion, we are probable following a herd of fools.

Part of the results we will receive at judgment will depend upon if we allow ourselves to be deceived or not. Luke 24:4; and several verses following it, plainly warns against deception.

This sentence starts with the word For, which means it gives the reason for the warning in Matthew 24:4. Christ is the Son of God's role for maintaining a personal relationship with God after profession. In the role of Christ, God tells us how to live our lives. Many religions and people claim to talk for God and tell people how to live and promise that God must let them into Heaven and give them a mansion and lots more rewards for people obeying these other men and religions. That 's what Jesus means By this sentence. Throughout this study I've warned the reader to not trust religion but to properly interpret and follow the word of God as shown to them by the Spirit of God who uses God's methods for interpreting the Bible. Anyone who tells you differently is taking the role of Christ, whether they admit it or not. Please also seeMatthew 23:8 and the relatednote about not believing anyone who claims the role of Christ and to not claim that type of role for ourselves.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'in. Mt 24:11,24; Jer 14:14; 23:21,25; Joh 5:43; Ac 5:36-37; 8:9-10; Re 13:8 General references. exp: Mt 24:11; Mr 13:21'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S8 (Verse 6) Jesus warns against false signs.

Equivalent Section: What we will hear.

And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars:.

Equivalent Section: How we are to react.

see that ye be not troubled:.

Equivalent Section: Why.

for all these things must come to pass,
but the end is not yet.

Matthew 24:4-13; Matthew 10:17-23; Mark 13:5-13 and Luke 21:8-19 have prophecies of events before the 'Rapture'.

This sentence is also related to Matthew 24:3 and Matthew 24:14.

Matthew 24:6; Mark 13:7 and Luke 21:9 tell us: And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars: see that ye be not troubled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. (the message is the same but the wording differs between the Gospel accounts.) when this happens, Jesus told us: Settle it therefore in your hearts, not to meditate before what ye shall answer: forI will give you a mouth and wisdom, which all your adversaries shall not be able to gainsay nor resist. God lets this happen so that we can give a testimony. Unless we let God's Holy Ghost speak through us, we will not give the right testimony. But, if we do let God's Holy Ghost speak through us, then we will give the right testimony and God will reward us for that .

Mark 13:7 and Luke 21:9 are equivalent sentences to this sentence. The First Equivalent Section:, of our current sentence, says: And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars:. The equivalent section from Mark says: And when ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars. The equivalent section from Luke says: But when ye shall hear of wars and commotions. Luke uses the word but instead of the word and to start his sentence. He also adds the word commotions. but these do not constitute a conflict with what Matthew and Mark report. In addition, Mark adds the word when, to what Matthew reports. However, it should be obvious to everyone that all three (3) Gospel authors report the same message. And, that message is that wars and rumours of wars are nothing special. And, there are people who uses such to claim that they are a prophet and that some wars or rumour of war is a sign from God. All such are false prophets.

The next section, of our current sentence, says: see that ye be not troubled. The equivalent section from Mark says: be ye not troubled. The equivalent section from Luke says: be not terrified. Again, Luke uses the word terrified where Matthew and Mark use the word troubled. But, the word terrified is only a stronger version of the word troubled. In addition, Matthew adds the phrase see that . But that only makes his command a stronger version of the command from the others. Basically, the news business exists to tell of wars and rumours of wars and of other disasters. Their saying is: 'if it bleeds it leads'. they are professional gossips and their purpose is to keep people troubled / terrified. And, our Equivalent Section commands us t: see that ye be not troubled. Therefore, the best thing that God's people can do is the ignore news sources and, when you hear news in spite of ignoring the official sources, ask God what He is doing spiritually with whatever is happening.

The third Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. The equivalent section from Mark says: for such things must needs be; but the end shall not be yet. The equivalent section from Luke says: for these things must first come to pass; but the end is not by and by. Close examination shows us minor differences in wording while the message is the same from all three (3) Gospel authors. And, this matches what we have seen throughout the Gospels. God allows His authors freedom of expression so long as they stick to His message and only His message.

Our third Equivalent Section is telling us that the occurrences of the First Equivalent Section must come to pass. they are a regular part of life in this sinful world . And, that is why our Second Equivalent Section says: see that ye be not troubled and the last phrase of our third Equivalent Section says: but the end is not yet. The news industry, and false prophets, make their living by crying loud and long that 'The sky is falling, the sky is falling'. And, all who believe them prove that they are just as foolish as 'chicken little'. No, God wants His people to be concentrating on their own personal relationship with Him so that He can let them know the truth of all of these events.

Please see the note for Galatians C3-S7 about the word hear. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Perceiving by the ear. This word is often used symbolically for hearing the spiritual message of the word of God and obeying that message'. The New Testament definition, for the word heard is: 'the past-tense form of hear'. Please pay attention to the word 'obey' within this definition. That is what most people refuse to do when the Bible says that they do not hear. Please also see the note for James 2:5 about the word hearken. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to listen closely'. Please also see the note for Mark 4:9 about the phrase He that hath ears to hear, let him hear. Please also see the note for Matthew 13:17 about the phrase have not heard. Please also see the note for Mark 4:9 about the phrase ears to hear. Please also see the note for Romans 2:13 about the word hearer. The New Testament definition, for the word hearer is: 'One who attends to what is orally delivered by another'.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 10:3-6 about the words warfare / war. Webster's 1828 dictionary defines this word as: 'war and fare. 1. Military service; military life; war. The Philistines gathered their armies for warfare. 1 Samuel 28. 2. Contest; struggle with spiritual enemies. The weapons of our warfare are not carnal. 2 Corinthi and 10. WARFARE, v.i. to lead a military life; to carry on continual wars'.

Please see the note for Mark 13:7 about the words rumor / rumour. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Popular report; a current story passing from one person to another without any known authority for the truth of it'.

Please see the note for Galatians C5-S10 about the word trouble. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to agitate; to disturb; to put into confused motion'. The word troubleth is defined as: 'Life-style trouble'.

Please see the note for Matthew 5:18 about the word pass. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to move, in almost any manner, from one place to another'. Please also see the note for Matthew 9:1 about the word passed. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word pass'. Please also see the note for Luke 4:30 about the word passing. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the ongoing form of the word pass'. Please also see the note for Luke 18:37 about the word passeth. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word pass'. The word passest only occurs in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for John 2:13 about the phrase passover. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'when God spared anyone who obeyed His command'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:17 about the phrase passed away. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'dead'. The phraase, it came to pass, means: 'with the passing of time'.

Please see the note for Romans C13S8 about must. The New Testament definition is: 'Absolutely required, not optional'. Please also see the note for Romans C13S8 about the phrase must needs. The New Testament definition, for this phrase, is: 'A need which cannot be denied'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'ye shall hear. Jer 4:19-22; 6:22-24; 8:15-16; 47:6; Eze 7:24-26; 14:17-21; 21:9-15,28; Da 11; Mr 13:7-8; Lu 21:9 see. Ps 27:1-3; 46:1-3; 112:7; Isa 8:12-14; 12:2; 26:3-4,20-21; Hab 3:16-18; Lu 21:19; Joh 14:1,27; 2Th 2:2; 1Pe 3:14-15 must. Mt 26:54; Lu 22:37; Ac 27:24-26 but. Mt 24:14; Da 9:24-27 General references. exp: Mt 24:13'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S9 (Verse 7) Why people will believe false prophets and false signs.

Equivalent Section: Trouble from politics.

For nation shall rise against nation,
and kingdom against kingdom:.

Equivalent Section: Trouble from nature.

and there shall be famines,
and pestilences,
and earthquakes,
in divers places.

Matthew 24:4-13; Matthew 10:17-23; Mark 13:5-13 and Luke 21:8-19 have prophecies of events before the 'Rapture'.

Mark 13:8 and Luke 21:10-11 are equivalent sentences to this sentence. Luke starts with a phrase of; then said he unto them. Matthew and Mark skip this phrase and let the context provide the same information.

The First Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. The equivalent section from Mark says: For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. The equivalent section from Luke says: Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. The only difference in these is that Luke skips the word for. And, our First Equivalent Section is telling us that sinful men, who lead nations, will argue and fight against other sinful men, who lead nations, about how things should be done. And, they will get the young men and women of their nation to go out and kill and die and be permanently crippled so that the national readers can claim that they proved that their sinful way to lead the world is better than the other sinful way.

In our Second Equivalent Section, we are told that there will be trouble from nature. The Second Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. The equivalent section from Mark says: and there shall be earthquakes in divers places, and there shall be famines and troubles. The equivalent section from Luke says: And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. Now, the message from each Gospel account is the same, but the details vary. there should be no doubt that Jesus said everything that is reported by all three (3) Gospel authors, but each chose to only report certain details. This is something that we have seen done repeatedly as we've gone through this Gospel.

False prophets and news organizations and other romour mongers will insist that this is an act of God and that the people affected must have offended God is some way. And, they imply that their own people have not offended God because they did not suffer the same fate. Or, they will stand up and claim that God wants others to help those people so everyone should send money to the fund, which they have helped to set up, to sent help to the poor people affected. Never mind what percentage of funds collected actually get to the people hurt, everyone can feel that they -re doing good by sending money.

The truth is that these things are the result of God cursing this world after Adam and Eve sinned. And, these things will go on until Jesus Christ returns to rule and reign this world and remove the curse (Romans 8:18-23).

Please see the note for Romans 1:5 about the word nation. The New Testament definition is: 'A body of people inhabiting the same country, or united under the same sovereign or government'.

Please see the note for Colossians C2-S7 about the word rise. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to move to pass upward in any manner; to ascend'. The word risest is only found in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for John 13:4 about the word riseth. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word rise'. Please also see the note for Mark 1:35 about the word rising. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the ongoing form of the word rise'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C15S32 about the word raise. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to lift. In the word of God, it is most often used for resurrection'. Please also see the note for Matthew 11:11 about the word risen. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'In the New Testament this word is only used for someone who has risen from the dead and has had physical life restored'. Please also see the note for John 20:2-LJC about the phrase risen Jesus is Lord. Please see the note for 1Corinthians C15S32 about the word resurrection. Please also see the note for Romans C8S11 about the 'resurrection of Christ' and about the 'resurrection of Jesus'. Please also see the note for Matthew 2:14 about the word arose. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word arise'. Please also see the note for Mark 2:9 about the word arise. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to ascend, mount up or move to a higher place'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 6:4 about the word ariseth. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word arise'. The word arising is only found in the Old Testament.

Please see the note for Romans 8:35 about the word famine. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Scarcity of food; dearth; a general want of provisions sufficient for the inhabitants of a country or besieged place'.

Please see the note for Luke 21:10-11 about the word pestilence. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Another word for plague. Any sudden fatal epidemic that, in its Biblical usage, is generally indicates that these are divine visitations'.

Please see the note for Luke 21:10-11 about the word earthquake. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'a shaking of the Earth'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:1 about the word earthly. The New Testament definition, for this word is: 'of this world'. Please also see the note for Philippians 2:9-11 about the word Earth. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the physical planet we reside on, also soil or ground. At times, the application of this word, will focus on only part of the whole'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 4:7 about the word earthen. Please see the note for Revelation 10:11-LJC about the kings of the Earth. Please also see the note for Matthew 32-33 about the phrase Judge of all the Earth. Please also see the note for Matthew 5:13 about the phrase salt of the Earth. Please also see the note for Matthew 27:51-53 about the word quake. We find this word, within this book, in: our current sentence; Matthew 27:54 and Matthew 28:2.

Please see the note for Hebrews 1:1 about the word divers. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Different; various'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'nation shall. 2Ch 15:6; Isa 9:19-21; 19:2; Eze 21:27; Hag 2:21-22; Zec 14:2-3,13; Heb 12:27 famines. Isa 24:19-23; Eze 14:21; Joe 2:30-31; Zec 14:4; Lu 21:11,25-26; Ac 2:19; 11:28 General references. exp: Isa 29:6; Lu 12:51'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S10 (Verse 8) What the signs truly point to.
All these are the beginning of sorrows.

Matthew 24:4-13; Matthew 10:17-23; Mark 13:5-13 and Luke 21:8-19 have prophecies of events before the 'Rapture'.

Plain and simple. Things will get worse than what Jesus prophesied. However, most people refuse to believe that things will get as bad as Jesus prophesied.

Please see the note for John 1:1 about the word beginning. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'First entering upon; commencing; giving rise or original; taking rise or origin'.

Philippians 2:27

Please see the note for Mark 6:26 about the word sorry. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Grieved for the loss of some good; pained for some evil that has happened to one's self or friends or country. It does not ordinarily imply severe grief, but rather slight or transient regret'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Le 26:18-29; De 28:59; Isa 9:12,17,21; 10:4; 1Th 5:3; 1Pe 4:17-18 exp: Lu 12:51'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S11 (Verse 9) Resulting persecution.

Equivalent Section: the world will hurt God's people.

then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted,
and shall kill you:.

Equivalent Section: the world will hate God's people.

and ye shall be hated of all nations for my name's sake.

Matthew 24:4-13; Matthew 10:17-23; Mark 13:5-13 and Luke 21:8-19 have prophecies of events before the 'Rapture'.

Mark 13:9-10 and Luke 21:12-13 are equivalent sentences but they tell us far more than Matthew reports. Matthew only reports what is required for the legal record. However, Mark gives us the perspective of a servant and Luke gives us the perspective of a man and both want to know more details about what will happen and why. Those things are what Mark and Luke report that Matthew does not. And, once more, we see that Jesus said more than any single Gospel author reported with each Gospel author choosing the parts that they want to report in order to support the message that they are delivering about the life and ministry of Jesus.

The First Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you. The equivalent section from Mark says: But take heed to yourselves: for they shall deliver you up to councils; and in the synagogues ye shall be beaten. The equivalent section from Luke says: But before all these,they shall lay their hands on you, and persecute you, delivering you up to the synagogues, and into prisons. Again, these all deliver the same message with different words. And, each of the reports have different applications. However, we see this type of truth throughout the Bible. For example, the basic Gospel that is preached is to be the same everywhere. However, the application of the Gospel, such as dress or order of the worship service can vary between churches and cultures. In a similar fashion, we see different applications between the reports of these three (3) Gospel accounts. Matthew, who gives us the legal, and more generic, perspective tells us what will happen to true believers all throughout the 'Church Age'. Mark, who gives us the perspective of a servant, tells us what will happen to Jewish believers in the early church. they were the servants whom Mark was concerned with. Luke, who gives us the perspective of a man, tells us what will happen to true believers all throughout the 'Church Age', like Matthew does, but also provides some of the details, like Mark, of what will happen to Jewish believers in the early church, but also includes details of what will happen to true believers in later ages (they shall lay their hands on you, and persecute you, delivering you up...into prisons).

Thus, we see that the basic treatment of true believers will be the same all throughout the 'Church Age', even while the details and applications will change.

The next sentence from Luke (And it shall turn to you for a testimony) tells us why God allows this . We do not have a true testimony until we let God put us in a situation where it is obvious that we can't get out. then,when God relieves us, no one can deny that it was God who did it and we have a true testimony.

In addition to that, Mark and Luke add more that Matthew does not add. Mark adds: and ye shall be brought before rulers and kings for my sake, for a testimony against them. Luke adds: being brought before kings and rulers for my name's sake. Not only will the believers have a testimony, among men, of God's help, but the treatment of true believers will be a testimony, in Heaven, when men are judged by God. And, while these prophecies were fulfilled by Paul, according to the book of Acts; but history tells us that this prophecy was also fulfilled by other men after that time.

Please see the note for Matthew 5:25 about the word deliver. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to make free; to release; to pass from one to another'. Please also see the note for Mark 9:31 about the word delivered. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word deliver'. Please see the note for Matthew 25:20 about the word deliveredst. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the verb form of the life-style form of worddeliver'. Please also see the note for Luke 21:12 about the word delivering. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word deliver'. The word the word deliverest is only found in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for Luke 4:18 about the word the word deliverance. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'release from captivity, slavery, oppression, or any restraint; rescue from danger or any evil'. Please also see the note for Acts 7:53 about the word the word deliverer. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'one who delivers; one who releases or rescues'.

We find the word afflicted occurring 55 times in 50 verses of the Bible and, in the New Testament, in: our current sentence; 2Corinthians 1:6; 1Timothy 5:10; Hebrews 11:37; James 4:9; James 5:13. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word afflict'. Please also see the notes for Acts 7:10 about the word afflictions. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the plural form of the word affliction'. Please also see the note for Philippians 1:15-17 about the word affliction. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the word afflict'. The word afflict is only found in the Old Testament. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to give to the body or mind pain which is continued or of some permanence'.

Please see the note for Romans C13S12 about the word kill. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'cause to die'.

Please see the note for John 15:18 about the word hate. The New Testament definition for word hate is: 'This is an action verb which encompasses the opposite attitudes and actions from love. The true Biblical definition of the word hate includes a significant preference for another above the object of the hate'. Please also see the note for Galatians C5S20 about the word hatred. The New Testament definition for the word hatred is: 'Abhorrence or detestation of the person or object which is hated'.

Please see the note for Romans 1:5 about the word nation. The New Testament definition is: 'A body of people inhabiting the same country, or united under the same sovereign or government'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians C9S16 about the word sake. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Final cause; the purpose of obtaining'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 4:8-10 about the word forsake. The New Testament definition, for the word forsake, is: forsaken as: 'To desert or abandone'. The words forsook and forsaken are the past-tense form of the word forsake. Please also see the note for Philippians 1:29-30 about the phrase for His sake.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'shall they . Mt 10:17-22; 22:6; 23:34; Mr 13:9-13; Lu 11:49; 21:12,16-17; Joh 15:19,20; 16:2; Ac 4:2-3; 5:40-41; 7:59; 12:1-5; 21:31-32; 22:19-22; 28:22; 1Th 2:14-16; 1Pe 4:16; Re 2:10,13; 6:9-11; 7:14 General references. exp: Lu 12:51; Joh 15:18; Heb 12:4'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S12 (Verse 10) Resulting attitudes.

And then shall many be offended,
and shall betray one another,
and shall hate one another.

Matthew 24:4-13; Matthew 10:17-23; Mark 13:5-13 and Luke 21:8-19 have prophecies of events before the 'Rapture'.

Here we see a warning that church members will turn on other church members. Those who do are truly lost or carnal. True martyrs come from the spiritually mature who truly understand what they will gain when they go to Heaven.

Mark 13:12 is equivalent to this sentence but has far more details. As we have seen else where, the two Gospel accounts tell us the same thing but each author decided how much of the details, which Jesus spoke, they chose to report. Matthew only reports what is required for the legal record. Mark reports the perspective of a servant and provides more details about whom the servant should be beware of.

Please see the note for John 6:61 about the word offend. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to displease, to make angry; to affront. It expresses rather less than make angry, and without any modifying word, it is nearly synonymous with displease'. Please also see the note for Romans C14S27 about the word offence. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to displease, to make angry; to affront. It expresses rather less than make angry, and without any modifying word, it is nearly synonymous with displease'.

Please see the note for John 6:64 about the word betray. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to deliver into the hands of an enemy by treachery or fraud, in violation of trust'. Please also see the note for Matthew 10:4 about the word betrayed. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word betray'. Please also see the note for Mark 14:42 about the word betrayeth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word betray'. Please also see the note for Luke 22:48 about the word betrayest. The New Testament definition, for the word betrayest, is: 'the verb form of the life-style form of the word betray'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'shall many. Mt 11:6; 13:21,57; 26:31-34; Mr 4:17; Joh 6:60-61,66-67; 2Ti 1:15; 4:10,16 betray. Mt 10:21,35-36; 26:21-24; Mic 7:5-6; Mr 13:12; Lu 21:16 General references. exp: Mt 10:35; Mr 13:12; Lu 12:51,53; Joh 16:1'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S13 (Verse 11) Future deception.

And many false prophets shall rise,
and shall deceive many.

Matthew 24:4-13; Matthew 10:17-23; Mark 13:5-13 and Luke 21:8-19 have prophecies of events before the 'Rapture'.

Please use the link, in the sentence outline, to access references to many places where the Bible speaks about false prophets, false teachers, antichrists, and many other false things.

The tragedy of this prophecy is the resultof: and shall deceive many. A baby and a little child believe everything that their parents tell them. But, a teenager starts to question some things. In 1Corinthians 3 Paul told the church that they were all babes in Christ because there were divisions in the church based upon doctrines from men. As babes in Christ, they took everything the preacher said as Gospel truth and acted like physical babes instead of questioning what they were told. Thus, when a preacher told them an application for one circumstance, they took it as God's law for all circumstances. And, when another preacher gave a different application, the people fought over which application was the true single interpretation.

We see this same thing happening many places, especially in America. The end result is a lot of churches filled with lost and carnal people who have not spiritually matured enough to use their own brains and question and verify what they are told. Simply put, many are deceived because they believe false prophets, false teachers, antichrists, without verifying the doctrine that they are told against the true word of God. Ephesians 4:12-15 tells us: For the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: Till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ: that we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive; But speaking the truth in love, may grow up into him in all things, which is the head, even Christ. The Biblical definition of the word; perfecting is: 'making spiritually mature'. If the readertruly reads what that reference is telling us, then they cannot deny that many are deceived because they have not matured spiritually.

Please see the note for Luke 3:14 about the word false. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Not true; not conformable to fact; expressing what is contrary to that which exists, is done, said or thought'. Please also see the Study called False things according to the Bible.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Mt 24:5,24; 7:15; Mr 13:22; Ac 20:30; 1Ti 4:1; 2Pe 2:1; 1Jo 2:18,26; 4:1; Jude 1:4; Re 19:20'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S14 (Verse 12) Effect upon people.

And because iniquity shall abound,
The love of many shall wax cold.

Matthew 24:4-13; Matthew 10:17-23; Mark 13:5-13 and Luke 21:8-19 have prophecies of events before the 'Rapture'.

Most people use a non-Biblical definition for love. there are many different definitions from the world 's claim that physical lust is love to the religious variety of definitions which include that claim that charity is love. Please see the definition below in order to understand the true meaning of this sentence.

Please notice that Jesus does not question If this will happen but flat out says that iniquity shall abound. And, our sentence is telling us that many saved people will get tired of trying to win the lost and trying to get the carnal to mature when those people refuse to truly Biblically repent and stop their life-style sins (iniquity). Now, the only cure for that, which I know of, is for people to keep in mind how God is longsuffering with them and to remain humble. However, when people use the wrong definition for the word love handling this situation properly becomes far more difficult.

Please see the note for Luke 2:40 about the word wax. The New Testament definition of this word is: 'to pass from one state to another'. Forms of this word are used, in this Gospel, in: Matthew 13:15 and our current sentence.

Please see the note for John 18:18 about the word cold. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'An extreme lack of warmth. Used symbolically for an extreme lack of caring and even antagonistic feelings'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'because. Jas 4:1-4; 5:1-6 exp: Re 2:4. The love. Re 2:4-5,10; 3:15'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S15 (Verse 13) Requirement to be assured of true salvation.

But he that shall endure unto the end,
The same shall be saved.

Matthew 24:4-13; Matthew 10:17-23; Mark 13:5-13 and Luke 21:8-19 have prophecies of events before the 'Rapture'.

Matthew 10:22 and Mark 13:12 tell us the same thing, with slightly different words.

This is one of the Bible doctrines where a wrong interpretation has become somewhat popular. First of all, the Bible uses the word saved for eternal spiritual salvation and for physical salvation in this world . So, this doctrinal error insists that these sentences are talking about eternal spiritual salvation when the context, of all three sentences, is talking about God's people being persecuted in this world by other people. In other words, the context makes these sentences talking about physical salvation in this world . Next, that doctrinal error claims that only those people who endure unto the end will go to Heaven. However, that is adding to The word of God.

Now, this sentence can be interpreted two different ways and still fit within the context. And, I personally believe that both are actually true. First, the context prior to this sentence is speaking about people, who claim to be saved, being persecuted and being deceived. In context, this sentence tells those saved people, who endure unto the end and endure the persecution without losing their profession and endure the deception without being drawn into doctrinal error, that they are truly saved. others, who do not endure unto the end, may or may not be truly saved but they will not have the assurance if they are truly saved.

The second way to interpret this sentence is to consider it to be the start of the next group of prophecy which is for Jews only and for when they go through the great tribulation. The truly saved will have been already 'Rapture'd to Heaven. Therefore, the next bit of prophecy does not apply to them. In addition, all Jews, who are still alive when Jesus Christ returns will be saved (Isaiah 25:9). Any Jew who will not accept Jesus Christ as their personal Lord, and God, will be killed during the great tribulation. Therefore, If this sentence is interpreted as part of the prophecies for Jews who go through the great tribulation, then the message of: he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved, is both, physically and spiritually, true.

Please see Hebrews 12:7 about the word endure. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to continue in the same state without perishing; to remain; to abide'. Please also seeMatthew 10:22 about the word edureth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word endure'. Please also see2Corinthians 1:6 about the word enduring. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word endure'. Please also see2Timothy 3:11 about the word endured. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word endure'.

Please see the note for Matthew 1:21 about the word save. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to preserve from injury or destruction. Spiritually, it is to preserve from everlasting in the lake of fire'. Please also see the note for Romans C11S30 about the phrase all Israel shall be saved. Please also see the note for Philippians 1:19-20 about the word salvation. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'God's life in us. This word is used for being spiritually excluded from the damnation which we each earned by our sin'. As we see in the Bible and in this epistle, our continuing spiritual growth, and our sanctification is part of true Biblical salvation. Please also see the documents found on the Salvation Menu. Please also see the Word Study on Saviour and the Verses in the Lord Jesus Christ Study about the word Saviour. Please also see the Gospel of Your Salvation in the Word Study on Gospel. Please see the Word Study on Salvation. Please also see the note for 2Thessalonians 2:13 about the phrase salvation through sanctification. Please also see the note for James 1:21 about the phrase save your soul.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Mt 24:6; 10:22; Mr 13:13; Lu 8:15; Ro 2:7; 1Co 1:8; Heb 3:6,14; 10:39; Re 2:10 exp: Lu 22:28'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S16 (Verse 14) What God will accomplish before the end.

First Step: the Gospel must be preached.

And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations;.

Second Step: the end will come.

and then shall the end come.

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.

This prophecy is talking about the gospel that is preached during the Great Tribulation. That is after the church has been removed and the gospels of the Church Age are no longer offered but everyone is back under the Mosaic Law.

Mark 13:10 is an equivalent sentence. The First Step, of our current sentence, says: And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations. The equivalent sentence from Mark says: And the gospel must first be published among all nations. Mark does not make the distinction of which gospel must be preached, like Matthew does. However, Matthew gives us the perspective of Law and the distinction is important to the legal record. In addition, Mark presents the perspective of a servant and a servant has a simpler attitude. A servant just wants to know what they must believe in order to get to Heaven and they are less concerned about what others must do, especially if that is different. Please see the Word Study, and associated chart, about the different gospels which are presented in the Bible.

Our Second Step (and then shall the end come) is only reported by Matthew . This is the answer to the question that the disciples asked in Matthew 24:3 and is related to Matthew 24:6; where Jesus said: but the end is not yet.

Please see the notes for Romans C16S33 about the word preach. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to pronounce a public discourse on a subject from a text of Scripture. True preaching is telling people what The word of God says, not what their religion says, and encourages them to obey'. Please also see the note for Romans 10:14 about the word preacher. Please also see the Study called False things According to the Bible about 'false preachers'. Please also see the book called SbS-Preacher Missionaries about how God uses a pastor / missionary to build the ministry.

Please see the note for Romans 1:5 about the word nation. The New Testament definition is: 'A body of people inhabiting the same country, or united under the same sovereign or government'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'this . Mt 4:23; 9:35; 10:7; Ac 20:25 shall be. Mt 18:19; Mr 16:15-16; Lu 24:47; Ac 1:2; Ro 10:18; 15:18-21; 16:25-26; Col 1:6,23; Re 14:6 and then.Mt 24:3,6; Eze 7:5-7,10 General references. exp: Ps 102:22; Mr 13:10; Lu 9:2'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S17 (Verse 15-18) the sign for Jews to run and hide.

This sentence has equivalent sections.

Equivalent Section: the time of this prophecy.

When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation,
spoken of by Daniel the prophet,
stand in the holy place,
(See Below):.

Equivalent Section: the people of this prophecy.

then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains:.

Equivalent Section: the first action of this prophecy.

Let him which is on the housetop not come down to take anything out of his house:.

Equivalent Section: the second action of this prophecy.

neither let him which is in the field return back to take his clothes.

Below is the part of the sentence from the parenthesis.

(whoso readeth,
let him understand).

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.

This is referencing Daniel 9:23-27. In addition, Mark 13:14-16 and Luke 21:20-22 are equivalent sentences to this sentence. there are differences in the wording, but the same message. And, since there is so much other doctrinal error taught about these sentences, I will leave the word-by-word comparison to the readerwhile I deal with the rest of the doctrine.

One of the things that a lot of people misunderstand is that the saved will be 'Rapture'd out of this world before the great tribulation starts. This misunderstanding is because Satan has many liars very active telling wrong interpretations of Bible prophecy.

2Thessalonians 2:6-10 says: And now ye know what withholdeth that he might be revealed in his time. for the mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way. And then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming: Even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders, And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved. In that quote, the phrase what withholdeth is a reference to God's Holy Spirit. He is keeping Satan from advancing Satan's program. Next, the phrase that he might be revealed in his time is letting us know that God determines when these things happen. I am not going through all of the references in this note but we can be sure that God is in control of everything that happens.

Next, the phrase For the mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way tells us that Satan is already working (The mystery of iniquity doth already work) to turn the people of this world towards a life of sin. (One way to identify a preacher, who belongs to Satan, is that he makes excuses for people living a life of sin.) And, God's Holy Spirit lets Satan do this to a limited extent. However, there will be a time when God's Holy Spirit will be taken out of the way. At that time, all people who have the indwelling Holy Spirit (the truly saved) will also be taken out of the way in what is called the 'Rapture'. This is when Satan, and his Beast will start the great tribulation because God's Holy Spirit is no longer in this world and preventing Satan from having his way. (Satan's agent is not 'The Antichrist' but Revelation calls him the Beast). This is where Daniel 9:24 says: Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy. Each of the weeks, in the message to Daniel, matches seven (7) years in our physical world . The first sixty nine (69) of those weeks were fulfilled in the Babylonian Captivity. The last week will be the great tribulation with the purpose, as related to the Jews, specified by the angel to Daniel.

Returning to our reference in 2Thessalonians, we next read the phrase And then shall that Wicked be revealed. This matches with Daniel 9:27; which says: And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate. And, both match with our current sentence which says: When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place. Satan's Beast will become the one-world ruler and promise world peace, at the beginning of the great tribulation. In the middle of those seven (7) years {three and a half (3.5) years}, Satan's Beast will go to therestored Temple in Jerusalem and declare himself to be Christ and God in human flesh. He will demand that people worship him as their god, which is why the Bible called him The abomination of desolation and similar titles.

Now, I hope the readerunderstands that this is just a very small and concise summary of future prophecy that is in the Bible. there are many other Bible references that I have not mentioned and several whole books written on this subject. And, as I already mentioned, Satan has several people writing doctrinal error to keep people from believing the truth about these prophecies. What is here is just a very small summary for believers. And, the main thing that true believers have to understand is that if they are truly saved, then they will be taken out of this world with God's Holy Spirit. And, 2Thessalonians 2:11-12 says: And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie: that they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness. Anyone who had the chance to hear the Gospel even once, and refused to get saved, will receive strong delusion, that they should believe a lie. All such will die lost.

Returning to out current sentence, we read; then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains: Let him which is on the housetop not come down to take anything out of his house: neither let him which is in the field return back to take his clothes. Basically, any delay will cost people their lives. In Luke 17:26-37 is a matching prophecy. In the middle of it, Jesus said: Remember Lot's wife. All she did was look back and, because of that, she died. Likewise, in these prophecies, Jesus is warning the Jews to run and don't even consider stopping to get anything.

Our included phrase says: whoso readeth, let him understand. Only those Jews who get saved during the great tribulation will truly understand. they are the Jews that Jesus wants to keep alive and the Jews who still refuse to accept Jesus Christ as their personal Lord will be killed by the Beast of Revelation.

Please see the note for Mark 13:14-16 about the word abomination. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Ongoing sinful wickedness; what is unfit to be presented in the service of God'.

The Morrish Bible Dictionary defines Abomination of Desolation as: 'This exact expression occurs only in Mt 24:15 and Mr 13:14, referring to what had been revealed to Daniel in Da 12:11, where it is connected with the great tribulation (ver. 1) spoken of by the Lord in those Gospels. Da 9:27 shows that the time of the abomination is in the last half of the last of the seventy weeks of Daniel named in Da 9:24. the person who makes a covenant with the Jews in those days and afterwards breaks it, we know to be the head of the future Roman empire. See SEVENTY WEEKS. of this person an image will be made, and the people will be constrained to worship it, Re 13:14-15; but we do not read that it will be carried into the future temple; whereas our Lord says that the abomination will stand in the holy place. On the other hand we read that the Antichrist "exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshiped; so that he, as God, sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God." 2Th 2:4. the 'abomination of desolation' is evidently connected with the trinity of evil spoken of in Rev. 13 and will be the work of Satan, the Roman beast, and the false prophet. It will end in dire desolation. the desolator is the Assyrian, Isa 8:7-8; 28:2,18 the northernking who will then hold the territory of Assyria. Da 11:40'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians C15S1 about the word stand. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to be upon the feet, as an animal; not to sit, kneel or lie. Symbolically, it means to remain upright, in a moral sense; not to fall'. Please also see the note for Philippians 1:18 about the word notwithstanding. The New Testament definition is: 'There is nothing in the prior arguments that can stand against God's truth and win an argument' Please see the note for 1Corinthians C14S2 about the word understand. The word understanding describes what makes a person able to stand. Please also see the note for Galatians C5S1 about the phrase stand fast.

Please see the note for Romans 7:12 about the word holy. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Properly, whole, entire or perfect, in a moral sense. Hence, pure in heart, temper or dispositions; free from sin and sinful affections'. Please see the note for Luke 1:67-75 about the word holiness. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the state of being holy; purity or integrity of moral character; freedom from sin; sanctity. Applied to the Supreme Being, holiness denotes perfect purity or integrity of moral character, one of his essential attributes'. Please also see the Word Study on the Word Study on Holy Ghost. Basically, since we have the indwelling Holy Spirit, He is trying to make us holy by teaching us how to act like God acts. Please also see the note for John 7:39 about the phrase indwelling Holy Spirit. Please also see the note for 1John 2:20 about the phrase Holy One. Please also see the Minor Titles of the Son of God about this title. Please also see the note for Matthew 4:5 about the phrase holy city. there is a Biblical doctrinal difference between the use of the phrase Holy Ghost and God's Holy Spirit, with the Bible using Holy Ghost when He affects this physical world and the Bible using Holy Spirit when he affects spiritual things like our spirit. Both are identifiers of the third Person within the Trinity. The phrase Holy Ghost only occurs within the New Testament.

Please see the note for the note for Revelation 1:3 about the word read . The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Getting the meaning of what was written into the mind. This can be done orally or silently'. Please also see the note for Luke 6:3 about the phrases have ye not read and it is written'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians C14S2 about the word understand. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'under and stand. the sense is to support or hold in the mind. 1. to have just and adequate ideas of; to comprehend; to know; as, to understand a problem in Euclid; to understand a proposition or a declaration. 2. to have the same ideas as the person who speaks, or the ideas which a person intends to communicate'. Please see the note for Matthew 13:14 about the word understood. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past tense of understand'.

Please see the note for John 7:3 about the words Jewry / Judaea / Judea / Judah. The New Testament definition is: 'the area of land generally associated with the Southe rn Kingdom and religious control by Jewish rulers but which varies in size from one reference to another'. Please also see the note for Revelation 2:9 about the word Jew.

Please see the note for Luke 8:34 about the words flee / fled. The New Testament definition, of the word fled, is: 'the past- tense form of flee'. The New Testament definition for the word flee is: 'to run with rapidity, as from danger; to attempt to escape; to hasten from danger or expected evil. Also, To avoid; to keep at a distance from such as "Flee fornication"'.

Please see the note for John 6:3 about the word mountain. The New Testament definition is: 'A large mass of earth and rock, rising above the common level of the earth or adjacent land, but of no definite altitude. The wordis applied to a single elevation, or to an extended range'. The word of God usually uses the word mount for a single point of elevation. Please also see the note for Matthew 17:1-LJC about the phrase Mount of Transfiguration. Please also see the note for John 8:1 about the phrase Mount of Olives / Mount of Olivet.

Please see the note for Luke 15:15 about the word field. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Cultivated land (as field is derived from felling trees), but unenclosed; Whereas the English "field" implies enclosure. In contrast to the adjoining wilderness (Ge 33:19; 36:35)'.

Please see the note for Matthew 21:7 about the word clothes. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the plural form of the word cloth'. Please also see the note for Matthew 7:15 about the word clothing. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word clothe'. Please also see the note for Matthew 6:31 about the word clothed. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word clothe'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:2-3 about the word cloth. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'a manufactured item formed by weaving of threads, and used for garments or other covering and for various other purpose'. Please also see the note for John 11:44 about the word graveclothes. Please also see the note for Matthew 6:30 about the word clothe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the verb that describes covering something with a cloth'. Please see the note for 2Corinthians 5:4 about the word unclothed. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'not covered by cloth'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'ye. Mr 13:14; Lu 19:43; 21:20 by. Da 9:27; 12:11 whoso. Eze 40:4; Da 9:23,25; 10:12-14; Heb 2:1; Re 1:3; 3:22 General references. exp: De 28:52; Lu 21:20.
General references. Ge 19:15-17; Ex 9:20-21; Pr 22:3; Jer 6:1; 37:11-12; Lu 21:21-22; Heb 11:7 exp: De 28:52; 1Sa 20:38; Mr 13:15.
which. Mt 6:25; Job 2:4; Pr 6:4-5; Mr 13:15-16; Lu 17:31-33 the house-top. Mt 10:27; De 22:8 General references. exp: 1Sa 20:38; Pr 6:4; Mr 13:15.
General references. Ge 19:15-17; Ex 9:20-21; Pr 22:3; Jer 6:1; 37:11-12; Lu 21:21-22; Heb 11:7 exp: De 28:52; 1Sa 20:38; Mr 13:15'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S18 (Verse 19) the danger to Jews who can't run.

And woe unto them that are with child,
and to them that give suck in those days!.

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.

Mark 13:17 and Luke 21:23 say the exact same thing as this sentence says. these women will have a hard time running fast and hiding, especially since babies tend to cry when they sense that their mother is upset and the crying will help pursuers to find them.

Please see the note for Mark 13:17 about the word woe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A warning of judgment to those who were privileged but failed their responsibilities'.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 5:5 about the word give. The New Testament definition is: 'ppr. Bestowing; confering; imparting; granting; delivering. GIV'ING, n. the act of confering'. Please see the note for 2Corinthians 9:8-11 about the words gave and given. The New Testament definition for the words gave and given are: 'the past-tense form of the word give'. Please see the note for 2Corinthians 9:7 about the word giving. The New Testament definition of giving is: 'the ongoing form of the word give'. Please see the note for 2Corinthians 9:7 about the word giveth. The New Testament definition of giveth is: 'a life-style of giving'. Please see the note for 2Corinthians 9:7 about the word giver. The New Testament definition of the word giver is: 'the person who gives'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C14S19 about the phrase giving of thanks.

Please see the note for Luke 21:23 about the word suck. The New Testament definition is: 'to draw out'. 1. Milk drawn from the breast by the mouth'. Please also see the note for Matthew 21:16 about the word suckling. The New Testament definition is: 'Nursing at the breast'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. De 28:53-56; 2Sa 4:4; 2Ki 15:16; La 4:3-4,10; Ho 13:16; Mr 13:17-18; Lu 21:23; 23:29-30 exp: Jer 16:2'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S19 (Verse 20-21) the possible danger of weather.

Equivalent Section: What to pray.

But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter,
neither on the Sabbath day:.

Equivalent Section: Why.

For then shall be great tribulation,
such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time,
no,
nor ever shall be.

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.

The law will severely restrict travel on The Sabbath day because Israel will go back under the Mosaic law and all of the additions from Jewish traditions. And, if it is winter, then the weather can hinder travel. Thus, this is a warning to pray for travel conditions.

Mark 13:18-19 are equivalent sentences to this sentence. The First Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter, neither on the Sabbath day. The equivalent section from Mark says: And pray ye that your flight be not in the winter. Mark just didn't bother to mention The Sabbath day, although we should be sure that Jesus did mention it. Matthew would include both in order to make the legal record complete. Mark, with the perspective of a servant, would know that masters often commanded their servants to violate therestrictions on travel which were added by the religious people but were not written in the Mosaic law. And, Mark would also understand that the law enforcers would also know this . Therefore, unless they were prepared for a political fight with the master, the enforcers would leave most servants alone about travel on the Sabbath day. Therefore, it makes sense that Mark would ignore that phrase as something that would not apply to most servants.

Please see the note for Mark 13:18 about the word flight. The New Testament definition is: 'the act of fleeing; the act of running away, to escape danger or expected evil; hasty departure'.

Please see the note for Mark 13:18 about the word winter. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the cold season of the year'. Please also see the note for Mark 12:2 about the word season. Please also see the note for Luke 21:29-30 about the word summer. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the warm or rainey season of the year'. The word of God does not use the word fall for the season when 'leaves fall from trees'. The word of God does not use the word spring for the season when 'new plant life springs from the ground and from dormant plants'.

Please see the note for Colossians 2:16-17 about the word sabbath. The New Testament definition is: The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'This is another word with much doctrinal error taught about it. there are fifty (50) high sabbaths in addition to Saturday, which are ignored by religions which insist that we worship on Saturday. The Lord of Sabbath did away with Sabbath worship because of all the additional religious rules that the Jews added to word of God for Sabbath. It is part of the religious part of the Mosaic Law which was replaced by the New Testament'. That note has several doctrinal considerations about Sabbaths including how Jesus dealt with the Sabbath in the Gospels.

Please see the notes for Romans C5S2 about the word tribulation. Webster's 1828 dictionary defines this word as: 'n. L. tribulo, to thrash, to beat. Severe affliction; distresses of life; vexations. In Scripture, it often denotes the troubles and distresses which proceed from persecution'.

Please see the note for Matthew 24:49 about the word begin. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'To have an original or first existence'. Please see the note for Matthew 4:17 about the word began. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word begin'. The word beginnest is only found in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for John 1:1 about the word beginning. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word begin'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'neither . Ex 16:29; Ac 1:12 General references. exp: Mr 13:17.
General references. Ps 69:22-28; Isa 65:12-16; 66:15-16; Da 9:26; 12:1; Joe 1:2; 2:2; Zec 11:8-9; 14:2-3; Mal 4:1; Mr 13:9; Lu 19:43-44; 21:24; 1Th 2:16; Heb 10:26-29 exp: Eze 7:5; Mr 13:17'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S20 (Verse 22) the possible danger to everyone.

Equivalent Section: Satan wants to murder everyone.

And except those days should be shortened,
there should no flesh be saved:.

Equivalent Section: God will save those who trust Him.

but for the elect's sake those days shall be shortened.

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.

Mark 13:20 is an equivalent sentences to this sentence. The First Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved:. The equivalent section from Mark says: And except that the Lord had shortened those days, no flesh should be saved. The only difference is that Mark reports that The Lord is Who does this . Next, the Second Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: but for the elect's sake those days shall be shortened. The equivalent section from Mark says: but for the elect's sake, whom he hath chosen, he hath shortened the days. Again, Mark phrases his sentence to show that this is done by The Lord. And, Mark adds that The elect is: whom he (the Lord) hath chosen.

Now, we need to deal with a doctrinal error that is strongly pushed by some people. It is not part of this prophecy but affects the correct interpretation of this prophecy. And, since it goes beyond this prophecy, it must be dealt with first.

In the Bible, God does not elect people to go to Hell. (John 3:17 says: For God sent not his Son into the world to condemn the world ; but that the world through him might be saved. 1Timothy 2:4 says: Who will have all men to be saved, and to come unto the knowledge of the truth.) No, God elected a way for people to be saved and all who come God's way are the elect. Please see that the word definition, below, includes the requirement for obedience.

Now, very close to this word of: elect is the word of: predestination. It is: 'determining where a journey ends before it started'. God did not predestine anyone to Hell but God did predestine everyone to Heaven. However, God also gave each of us a free will and God allows people to reject His predestination and end up in Hell.

Next, remember that this sentence is part of prophecy for saved people during the great tribulation. God's Holy Ghost was removed at the 'Rapture' and the 'Church Age' ended. Therefore, these people are still saved by believing the promises of God and maintaining an ongoing personal relationship with God. But, they must display that relationship by keeping the Mosaic Law. And, now they can no longer bring sacrifices to the Temple in Jerusalem because the Beast, of Revelation; has defiled the Temple.

So now, the Beast, of Revelation is trying to murder everyone who serves the true God. And, our sentence is telling us that God will shortened His efforts because, unless God did that, here should no flesh be saved (left physically alive). However, God is going to allow The elect to go into the 1,000-years reign of Christ physically alive. they will nave children while thereturned saints, who have glorified bodies, will not participate in sex (Mark 12:25).

Please note that God does not do this for everyone who claims the belong to God. God does this for the elect's sake. All throughout The word of God, God protects those people who truly serve Him while refusing to protect people who claim to belong to God but refuse to serve God.

Please see the note for John 6:44 about the word except. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to take or leave out of any number specified; to exclude'.

Please see the note for Mark 13:20 about the word shortened. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Made shorter; abridged; contracted'. Please also see the note for Romans 3:23 about the word short. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'not long; not having great length or extension'. Please also see the note for Acts 25:4 about the word shortly. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'very soon'. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Made shorter; abridged; contracted'. Please also see the note for Romans 3:23 about the word short. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'not long; not having great length or extension'. Please also see the note for Acts 25:4 about the word shortly. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'very soon'.

Please see the note for Romans 8:1 about the words flesh. The New Testament definition, of the word flesh, is: 'Our body and all influences upon our mind, our will and our emotions which come through our body and concerns for our body'. Please note that most books of the New Testament warn us about outflesh. Please also see the note for Romans 8:8 for the difference between walk after the flesh and in the flesh. Please see the note for Romans 8:8 for the difference between walk after the flesh and in the flesh. Please also see the note for Romans C8S7 about the phrase after the flesh. . Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 12:7 about the phrase thorn in the flesh. Please also see the note for Colossians 2:18 about the word fleshly.

Please see the note for Philippians 1:19-20 about the word salvation. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Godâ€™s life in us. This word is used for being spiritually excluded from the damnation which we each earned by our sin'. Please also see the note for Matthew 1:21 about the word save. As we see in the Bible and in this epistle, our continuing spiritual growth, and our sanctification is part of true Biblical salvation. Please also see the documents found on the Salvation Menu. Please also see the Word Study on Saviour and the Verses in the Lord Jesus Christ Study about the word Saviour. Please also see the Gospel of Your Salvation in the Word Study on Gospel. Please see the Word Study on Salvation. Please also see the note for 2Thessalonians 2:13 about the phrase salvation through sanctification. Please also see the note for James 1:21 about the phrase save your soul.

Please see the Word Study called Election. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'saved and living a life that is a testimony of the changes which the ministries Jesus Christ cause. In the Bible, this word is not used in the Bible to separate the lost from the saved, as is erroneously taught, but to separate saved people who are in God's way of obedience from saved people who are not in God's way of obedience'. Please also see the note for Romans 8:29 about the word predestine . God does not predestine anyone to Hell but predestines everyone to Heaven (1Timothy 2:4). However, since God gave everyone a free will, men can reject God's predestination and go to Hell. Those people who truly go to God must go God's way. God does not elect people but elects a way. Those people who go God's way, to God, are God's elect.

Please see the note for Mark 13:20 about the word shortened. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'nake shorter; abridged; contracted'. Please also see the note for Acts 25:4 about the word shortly. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'very soon'. Please also see the note for Romans 3:23 about the word short. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'not long; not having great length or extension'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'except. Mr 13:20 for. Isa 6:13; 65:8-9; Zec 13:8; 14:2; Ro 9:11; 11:25-31; 2Ti 2:10 exp: Mr 13:20; 1Co 9:10; 1Th 2:16. General references. exp: Ge 18:26; Isa 65:8; Jer 31:17'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S21 (Verse 23) What to not believe.

First Step: Identify the lie.

then if any man shall say unto you,
Lo,
here is Christ,
or there;.

Second Step: Instruct the believer.

believe it not.

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation. As part of the great tribulation, Matthew 24:4-5; Matthew 24:23-26; Mark 13:5-6; Mark 13:21-22 and Luke 21:8 warn about more false christs.

Mark 13:21-22 is equivalent to this sentence and the next sentence.

Please see the Doctrinal Study called False for links to where the Bible warns us about: False Teachers, False Preachers and False Christs.

The message of this sentence is actually a repeat of what Jesus said in Matthew 24:5 (For many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many). That was at the beginning of this long report on prophecy from Jesus. Now, Jesus is repeating the warning, in this sentence and the next, because He is warning us that there will be many false christs. And, this warning is for all true believers from the apostles through the people living when Jesus Christ returns to rule and reign for 1,000-years. The main person that men, wrongly, call antichrist is actually called beast in Revelation 13:11-18. However, John warns us that even now are there many antichrists (1John 2:18-22; 1John 4:2-3; 2John 1:7). Therefore, we should also take this warning today and make sure that we know how God said that we are to separate the truth from an attractive lie.

The true Biblical antichrists are many and they are in the world today. And, they convince God's people to repeat their lie that the beast of Revelation 13:11-18 is: 'The Antichrist' with the true Biblical meaning of the word the being; 'there is only one and here he is'. they have people looking at that fellow and being happy that they won't have to deal with him with the resultthat God's people ignore the many warnings in the Bible, such as our current sentence, that there are many antichrists / false christs and they are in the world today.

The true Biblical meaning of the word Christ is: 'the role which the Son of God uses to bring spiritual maturity to saved people'. And, the Bible teaches that the blessings, or cursing's, are given to the truly saved depending on their relationship to Christ and their resulting changed life which is to increasingly display the character of God. However, antichrists are offering an alternative )anti) way to get the blessings of God. these liars claim that people can get the blessings of God another way besides letting Christ bring spiritual maturity to the saved. And, that is how you can tell the difference between the true ministry of Christ and the lies of an antichrist. Do they insist that blessings, for the saved, only come from obedience to The word of God, which results in our having a character which is more like God, or do they promise the blessings from God by doing something else like believing their lies.

Mark 13:21 gives the same message as this sentence and the next sentence. Luke 21:8 gives the same message as this sentence but the wording is different and Luke reports it at the start of this section of prophecy. And, while I can give a word-for-word comparison I will leave that for the readerwith the assurance that the message is the same in all three (3) Gospel reports.

Please see the note for Luke 1:44 about the word lo. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'This word is used to excite particular attention in a hearer to some object of sight, or subject of discourse'.

Please see the note for Romans C10S15 about the word believe. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'What you are convinced is true and that belief causes action. To credit upon the authority or testimony of another; to be persuaded of the truth of something upon the declaration of another, or upon evidence furnished by reasons, arguments, and deductions of the mind, or by other circumstances, than personal knowledge. When we believe upon the authority of another, we always put confidence in his veracity'. Please also see the note for John 3:16 about the word believeth. The word believeth is a 'lifestyle belief'. Please see the note for John 6:40 about the phrase believe on. Please also see the note for John 12:42 which also has links to every place, in this Gospel, where we find the phrase believe in and the difference in definitions between believe in and believe on. Please see the note for John 6:40 about the phrase believe on. Please also see the note for John 12:42 which also has links to every place, in this Gospel, where we find the phrase believe in and the difference in definitions between believe in and believe on. Please also see the note for Romans 3:26-LJC about the phrase believe in Jesus / Christ. Please also see the note for John 12:40 about the phrases believe on / believe in. Please also see the note for John 8:30 about the phrase belief, non-saving. Please also see the note for Romans C10S15 about the phrase belief (true) changes life. Please also see the note for Romans C4S21 about the phrase belief (true) requires us to do. Please see the note for Romans C3S5 about the word unbelief. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A failure to believe. What is called a head belief (a thought only in the head), is truly unbelief because it does not motivate the person to act upon truer belief'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. De 13:1-3; Mr 13:21; Lu 17:23-24; 21:8; Joh 5:43'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S22 (Verse 24) the extent of danger.

First Step: Ministers of Satan.

For there shall arise false Christs,
and false prophets,
and shall shew great signs and wonders;.

Second Step: their results.

insomuch that,
if it were possible,
they shall deceive the very elect.

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.

Mark 13:21-22 is equivalent to this sentence and the prior sentence.

Please use the link, in the sentence outline, to access references to many places where the Bible speaks about false prophets, false teachers, antichrists, and many other false things.

Our sentence starts with the word For and tells us why the prior sentence is true. In addition, Mark 13:21 gives the same message as this sentence and the prior sentence. Luke 21:8 gives the same message as this sentence but the wording is different and Luke reports it at the start of this section of prophecy. The note for the prior sentence, and the doctrine in that note, also applies to this sentence.

Notice that Jesus says that these false Christs and false prophets shall shew signs and wonders. they will appear to do miracles that may or may not be real. Remember that devils can do miracles within the limits that God allows them. The Jews, during the great tribulation are to reject all such claims and we are to do the same today because the true Christ will not set foot on this Earth until after the 'Rapture' and then only at the end of the great tribulation.

Please see the note for Mark 2:9 about the word arise. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to ascend, mount up or move to a higher place'. Please also see the note for Matthew 2:14 about the word arose. Please also see the note for Matthew 13:21 about the word ariseth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word arise'. Please also see the note for Matthew 5:45 about the word rise. The word risest is only found in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for John 13:4 about the word riseth. Please also see the note for Mark 1:35 about the word rising. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C15S32 about the word raise. Please also see the note for John 20:2-LJC about the phrase risen Jesus is Lord. Please see the note for 1Corinthians C15S32 about the word resurrection. Please also see the note for Romans C8S11 about the 'resurrection of Christ' and about the 'resurrection of Jesus'.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 12:12 about the word wonder. The New Testament definition, of this word is: 'That emotion which is excited by novelty, something new, unusual, strange, great, extraordinary, or not well understood'. Please also see the note for Matthew 7:22 about the word wonderful. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Adapted to excite wonder or admiration; exciting surprise; strange; astonishing'. Please see the Minor Titles of the Son of God Section, of the Significant Gospel Events Study, for links to this name and other titles for Jesus.

Please see the note for Mark 10:27 about the word possible. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'that may be or exist; that may be now, or may happen or come to pass; that may be done; not contrary to the nature of things'. Please also see the note for Mark 10:27 about the word impossible.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'there. Mt 24:5,11; 2Pe 2:1-3; 3:17 and shall. De 13:1; 2Th 2:9-11; Re 13:13-14; 19:20 exp: Mr 13:6. In somuch. Joh 6:37,39; 10:28-30; Ro 8:28-39; 2Ti 2:19; 1Pe 1:5; 1Jo 5:18; Re 12:9-11; 13:7-8,14 if. Mr 13:22; Ac 20:16; Ro 12:18; Ga 4:15 exp: Mt 26:39; Joh 5:43; 1Pe 4:18. General references. exp: Ex 8:7; De 13:2; Mt 24:11; Mr 13:21; Lu 17:23; Joh 14:29'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S23 (Verse 25) the warning in prophecy.

Behold,
I have told you before.

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.

Here Jesus is reminding us that the prior sentences are not the only place where he gave this warning. Therefore, we will be judged by God if we are saved and ignore it.

Mark 13:23 is an equivalent sentence and tells us: But take ye heed: behold, I have foretold you all things. We see the same message but Mark adds in: But take ye heed. Thus, we can know that our judgment will be personal (ye) if we ignore the warning of this sentence.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Isa 44:7-8; 46:10-11; 48:5-6; Lu 21:13; Joh 16:1 exp: Mr 13:21; Lu 17:23; Joh 14:29'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S24 (Verse 26) What to not believe and where to not go.

Equivalent Section: First possible lie.

First Step: the lie.

Wherefore if they shall say unto you,
Behold,
he is in the desert;.

Second Step: the proper response.

go not forth:.

Equivalent Section: Second possible lie.

First Step: the lie.

behold,
he is in the secret chambers;.

Second Step: the proper response.

believe it not.

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.

in this sentence, Jesus is giving us a couple, of many, possible lies that we will hear. And, He basically tells us to completely ignore all such lies. We are to not even be curious. Many of the disobedient, and curious, will be caught up and deceived by the lies. Remember that just a few sentences prior we were warned: insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect. Therefore, we are to stay far away from false Christs, and false prophets and their lies.

Please see the note for Mark 6:31 about the word desert. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the same Hebrew word is rendered "wildernes," and is used of the country lying between Egypt and Palestine (Ge 21:14,21; Ex 4:27; 19:2; Jos 1:4), the wilderness of the wanderings. It was a grazing tract, where the flocks and herds of the Israelites found pasturage during the whole of their journey to the Promised Land'. Forms of this word are used, in this Gospel, in: Matthew 14:13; Matthew 14:15; Matthew 24:26.

Please see the note for Romans C16S33 about the word secret. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Properly, separate; hence, hid; concealed from the notice or knowledge of all persons except the individual or individuals concerned. God makes things secret until He decides to reveal them'.

We find forms of the word chambers occurring 66 times in 59 verses of the Bible and, in the New Testament, only in our current sentence. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the plural form of the word chamber'. Please also see the note for Acts 9:37 about the word chamber. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A room'. Please also see the note for Romans 13:13 about the word chambering. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'a bowl or deep dish'. Please also see the note for 1Thessalonians 2:9 about the word chargeable. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'able to be charged'. The only Bible reference to this word associates it with sexual sin'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'Wherefore. Our Lord not only foretells the appearance of these impostors, but also the manner and circumstance of their conduct. Accordingly, Josephus says that many impostors persuaded the people to follow them to the desert, promising them signs and wonders done by the providence of God. (See also Ac 21:38). One persuaded the people to go up into the temple, which being set on fire by the Romans, 6,000 perished in the flames. he is in the desert. Mt 3:1; Isa 40:3; Lu 3:2-3; Ac 21:38 General references. exp: Lu 17:23'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S25 (Verse 27) the coming of Jesus Christ will be sudden and unexpected.

First Step: the suddenness.

For as the lightning cometh out of the east,
and shineth even unto the west;.

Second Step: the relatedevent.

so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.

Matthew 24:27-28 are actually about the 'Rapture'. It is very easily confused with prophecies about the return of Jesus as ruling Lord (Also called the 'Second Coming of Christ' and the start of the '1,000-years reign of Christ'.) the context, of the next sentence, says: For wheresoever the carcase is, there will the eagles be gathered together. there will be carcasses because the 'Rapture'd people will leave their bodies behind. (Corrupt bodies can't go to Heaven and saved will get a new body in Heaven.) In addition, there will be carcasses, at the return of Christ, because of the war started by the beast, of Revelation; in his attempt to kill all of the Jews. However, in spite of the similarities, the second next sentence speaks of events that happen during the great tribulation. Therefore, this sentence is dealing with the 'Rapture'. And, because of the similarities, people should not argue with people who believe it is speaking about the 'Second Coming of Christ'.

Basically, when Jesus returns, in His role as Christ, He will be at Jerusalem suddenly with no one given time to prepare. Everyone who is fighting for the beast will be caught in battle with the carcase of those whom they have murdered around them and with their having no chance to cover their sins.

Please see the Doctrinal Study called Light And Darkness about the word lightning. Easton's Bible Dictionary defines this word as: 'frequently referred to by the sacred writers (Na 1:3-6). thunder and lightning are spoken of as tokens of God's wrath (2Sa 22:15; Job 28:26; 37:4; Ps 135:7; 144:6; Zec 9:14). they represent God's glorious and awful majesty (Re 4:5), or some judgment of God on the world (Re 20:9)'.

Please see the note for Matthew 2:1 about the word East. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the direction of the rising sun'. Please also see the note for Revelation 21:13 about the word South. Please also see the note for Matthew 8:11 about the word West. Please also see the note for Revelation 21:13 about the word North.

Please see the note for Matthew 5:16 about the word shine. The New Testament definition, for this word is: 'to emit rays of light; to give light; to beam with steady radiance; to exhibit lightness or splendor'.

Please see the note for Matthew 8:11 about the word West. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'In strictness, that point of the horizon where the sun sets at the equinox'. Please also see the note for Matthew 2:1 about the word East. Please also see the note for Revelation 21:13 about the word north. Please also see the note for Revelation 21:13 about the word South.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'as. Job 37:3; 38:35; Isa 30:30; Zec 9:14; Lu 17:24-37 the coming. Mt 16:28; Mal 3:2; 4:5; Jas 5:8; 2Pe 3:4 General references. exp: Job 38:24; Eze 1:14; Lu 17:30'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S26 (Verse 28) Birds will eat carcasses.

For wheresoever the carcase is,
there will the eagles be gathered together.

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.

Luke 17:37 gives an equivalent message. The context in Luke makes it clear that this is a reference to the 'Rapture'.

Our sentence starts with the word For, and tells us why the prior sentence is true. Our first phrase tells us: 'This will happen any place where bodies drop because they have been abandoned by peoples' spirits and souls'. Our first phrase tells us: 'the birds will clean up the dead bodies'.

Please see the note for Hebrews 3:17 about the word carcase. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the dead body of a beast; used sometimes in a contemptuous way of the dead body of a human being'.

Please see the note for Revelation 4:7 about the word eagle. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'a large and very powerful bird of prey, hence called the King of birds'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. De 28:49; Job 39:27-30; Jer 16:16; Am 9:1-4; Lu 17:37 exp: Lu 17:30'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S27 (Verse 29-30) God displays His power.

Equivalent Section: God controls natural light.

Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened,
and the moon shall not give her light,
and the stars shall fall from heaven,
and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken:.

Equivalent Section: God displays His ruler.

And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven:.

Equivalent Section: God displays His judgment.

and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn,
and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.

This sentence matches Revelation 8:12.

Matthew 24:29-30; and several other places in the Bible, speak of the return of Jesus as ruling Lord (Also called the 'Second Coming of Christ' and the start of the '1,000-years reign of Christ'. Many commentators also name other places which talk about the Second Coming of our Lord. Please see the Prophecies Section of the Significant Gospel Events Study for more related Bible references.

Mark 13:24-25 is equivalent to this sentence. The First Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken. The equivalent sentence from Mark says: But in those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, And the stars of heaven shall fall, and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken. Where Matthew uses the word Immediately, Mark uses the phrase; But in those days. While Mark dies not convey the immediacy of the event, there is no conflict between the two reports. other than that, we have a minor difference in the order of a phrase, but no conflict between the two reports.

The Second Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven. The equivalent sentence from Mark says: And then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory. The phrase great power and glory is what will make His appearance visible and known to men. It is The sign of the Son of man in heaven. Just a man flying through the sky would be ignored by most people. However, Jesus will also have thousands of angels and saints with Him and Jesus and His saints, and possibly some angels, will all be riding white horses (Revelation 19:11-16). Therefore, there will be far more than just one man flying through the air

The third Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, is only reported by Matthew . If the readeris aware of other prophecies for this time, then they know that all the tribes of the earth mourn because they know that the judgment of God is come upon them. God had His witnesses tell them about the coming judgment. they had murdered the witnesses and were gathered together tomurder all Jews. As they surround Jerusalem, Jesus will return And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together tomake war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army. And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshiped his image. these both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone. And theremnant were slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh. (Revelation 19:19-21).

Now, our First Equivalent Section tells us that, just before Jesus Christ returns to rule this world, God will display His power to all of mankind in a way which cannot be denied. Psalms makes it clear that all of nature is a witness for God. And, when the prophecy of our First Equivalent Section is fulfilled, and neither Satan nor his beast can prevent God from doing these things, all men shall know that there is a greater power than the power they chose to serve.

After God displays His power, without destroying this Earth nor by killing everyone, God is sending His true ruler of the Earth to take over. That is what our Second Equivalent Section tells us. And, all the tribes of the earth will know that they sided against God, who just finished proving that He is the greatest power that exists. And, they will know that they followed a false Christ, whom Revelation calls the beast. And, they know that Jesus Christ will judge them and then send them to Hell. further, they cannot claim that he doesn't understand because He is coming as the Son of man, which means that He is coming in His role as a literal physical man Who has experienced all of the weaknesses of man even while living a sinless life.

Please see the note for Mark 1:42 about the word immediate. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Instant; present; without the intervention of time or any other thing'.

Please see the note for Romans C5S2 about the word tribulation. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Severe affliction; distresses of life; vexations. In Scripture, it often denotes the troubles and distresses which proceed from persecution'. Our sentence is speaking about the great tribulation.

Please see the note for Matthew 5:45 about the word sun. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the major source of light on this physical Earth. Also used, symbolically, for the Son of God'.

Please see the Doctrinal Study called Light And Darkness about the words Light, dark, lightning, darkness, and the phrase light and darkness. The New Testament definition, for the word Light, is: 'According to the science of physics, this physical reality is composed of matter and energy with most things being either matter or energy. Light is unique in that it is both matter and energy. Symbolically, that means that light represents this physical reality (matter), and the spiritual reality (energy). Both are affected by God's light'. Please also see the note for Hebrews 6:4 about the word enlightened. Please see the note for Psalms 119:16 about the word delight. True delight is one of the effects of God's light. Please also see the note for John 11:9-LJC about the phrase Jesus is our light.

Please see the note for Mark 13:24-25 about the word moon. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Reflects the light of the Sun. Similarly, the saved are to reflect the spiritual light of our "Lord Jesus Christ". It is used, symbolically, for the wife of Jacob'. Please also see the note for Colossians C2S9 about the phrase new moon. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the first day of the lunar month was observed as a holy day. It symbolically represented someone getting saved and starting to reflect the light of our "Lord Jesus Christ'.

We find forms of the word star occurring 66 times in 63 verses of the Bible, 29 times in 26 verses of the New Testament and, in this Gospel, in: Matthew 2:2; Matthew 2:7; Matthew 2:9; Matthew 2:10; Matthew 24:29. The Morrish Bible Dictionary defines this word as: 'From the account given of this star it is evident that it was one specially sent for the nativity, for it not only appeared to the Magi in the East, but guided them from Jerusalem to Bethlehem, and 'stood over' where the young child was. Faith in the power of God dispels all difficulty as to the star. Mt 2:1-10. there were traditions that God would raise up a deliverer, and the Magi may have heard of the O.T. prophecies as to Messiah; but whether this be so or not, God, who provided the star, sent the Magi to find out the King of the Jews, and instructed them not to return to Herod'. Fausset's Bible Dictionary defines this word as: 'Matthew 2. (See MAGI.) Smith's Bible Dictionary ably disproves the ory of its being a conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn which took place thrice in 7 B.C. (i.e. three years before Jesus' birth, for the B.C. dates from the fourth year after His birth), May, September, and December, answering to the seven months which would intervene between the beginning and the end of the wisemen's journey. Tacitus, Suetonis, and Josephus in their statements as to the universal expectation then prevalent of some great One about to appear in the East refer to Vespasian long after Christ. the star was probably a meteoric body employed by the God of nature to be His instrument in the world of revelation, to guide the wise men to the divine Messiah. Curiously a star appeared in September, 1604, between Mars and Saturn, after a conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter in Pisces, but at a shorter interval than the star of the Magi after the conjunction in 7 B.C'.

Please see the note for 1Timothy 3:6 about the word fall. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to drop from a higher place; to descend by the power of gravity alone'. The words fell and fallen are the past-tense forms of the word fall. Please also see the note for Matthew 17:1 about the word falleth. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word fall'. Please also see the note for Jude 1:24 about the word falling. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the ongoing form of the word fall'.

Please see the note for Romans C13S2 about the word power. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the faculty of moving or of producing a change in something. Power might be physical, spiritual, emotional, moral, religious or of some other nature'. Please also see the note for John 5:41 about the phrase power of God. The New Testament definition, for this phrase, is: 'This is displayed when what is physically impossible is still done in this physical reality and causes men to praise the God of the universe. Devils can also do miracles, if God allows them to do so. However, the displays from devils do not cause men to praise the God of the universe'. Please also see the note for Romans 8:28-39 for links to where the Bible uses the word power to refer to spiritual powers.

The word shaken is the past-tense form of the word shake. Please see the note for Luke 6:47-48 about the word shake. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Cause to move with quick vibrations; to move rapidly one way and the other'.

We find forms of the word tribe occurring 354 times in 297 verses of the Bible and, in the New Testament, in: Matthew 19:28; our current sentence; Luke 2:36; Luke 22:30; Acts 13:21; Acts 26:7; Romans 11:1; Philippians 3:5; Hebrews 7:13; Hebrews 7:14; James 1:1; Revelation 5:5; Revelation 7:4; Revelation 7:5; Revelation 7:5; Revelation 7:5; Revelation 7:6; Revelation 7:6; Revelation 7:6; Revelation 7:7; Revelation 7:7; Revelation 7:7; Revelation 7:8; Revelation 7:8; Revelation 7:8; Revelation 21:12. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A family, race or series of generations, descending from the same progenitor and kept distinct, as in the case of the twelve tribes of Israel, descended from the twelve sons of Jacob'.

Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'A family, race or series of generations, descending from the same progenitor and kept distinct, as in the case of the twelve tribes of Israel, descended from the twelve sons of Jacob. 2. A division, class or distinct portion of people, from whatever cause that distinction may have originated. the city of Athens was divided into ten tribes. Rome was originally divided into three tribes; afterward the people were distributed into thirty tribes, and afterwards into thirty five. 3. A number of things having certain characters or resemblances, in common; as a tribe of plants; a tribe of animals. Linneus distributed the vegetable kingdom into three tribes, viz. monocotyledonous, dicotyledonous, and acotyledonous plants, and these he subdivided into gentes or nations. By recent naturalists, tribe has been used for a division of animals or vegetables, intermediate between order and genus. Cuvier divides his orders into families, and his families into tribes, including under the latter one or more genera. Leach, in his arrangement of insects, makes his tribes, on the contrary, the primary subdivisions of his orders, and his families subordinate to them, and immediately including the genera. Tribes of plants, in gardening, are such as are related to teach other by some natural affinity or resemblance; as by their duration, the annual, biennial, and perennial tribes; by their roots, as the bulbous, tuberous, and fibrous-rooted tribes; by the loss or retention of their leaves, as the deciduous and ever-green tribes; by their fruits and seeds, as the leguminous, bacciferous, coniferous, nuciferous and pomiferous tribes, etc. 4. A division; a number considered collectively. 5. A nation of savages; a body of rude people united under one leader or government; as the tribes of the six nations; the Seneca tribe in America. 6. A number of persons of any character or profession; in contempt; as the scribbling tribe'.

Thompson Chain Topics provides references for the word tribe as: 'Of Dan: Nu 1:39; Jos 19:48; Jg 18:30. Of Ephraim: Nu 1:33; De 33:17; Jos 16:5; Jg 1:22; 8:1; 12:1; 2Sa 2:9; 2Ch 15:9; 28:7; Isa 11:13. Of Judah: De 33:7; Jg 1:3; 2Sa 2:10; 19:11; 1Ki 12:21; Heb 7:14; Re 5:5. Captivity of.: Superseded by Christianity: Mr 2:21; Ga 5:6; Col 2:16; Heb 7:18; 8:13. Of Naphtali: Nu 2:29; De 33:23; Jos 19:32; Jg 1:33; 4:6; 6:35; 2Ki 15:29. Of Simeon: Nu 1:22; 25:14; 26:14; Jos 19:1; Jg 1:3. Of Zebulun: Jg 1:30; 4:6; 6:35; 1Ch 12:33; 2Ch 30:11; Mt 4:15'.

Torrey's Topical Textbook provides references for the word tribe as: 'Tribes of Israel, the : Were twelve in number: Ge 49:28; Ac 26:12; Jas 1:1. Descended from Jacob's sons: Ge 35:22-26. Manasseh and Ephraim numbered among, instead of Joseph and Levi: Ge 48:5; Jos 14:3-4. Predictions respecting each of: Ge 49:3-27; De 33:6-29. EACH OF: Under a president or chief: Nu 1:4-16. Divided into families: Nu 1:2; 26:5-50; Jos 7:14. Usually furnished an equal number of men for war: Nu 31:4. Each family of, had a chief or head: Nu 36:1; 1Ch 4:38. Total strength of, on leaving Egypt: Ex 12:37; Nu 1:44-46; 2:32. Divided into four divisions while in the wilderness: Nu 10:14-28. Encamped in their divisions and by their standards round the tabernacle: Nu 2:2-31. Canaan to be divided amongst according to their numbers: Nu 33:54. REUBEN, GAD AND HALF MANASSEH: Settled on east side of Jordan: De 3:12-17; Jos 13:23-32. Were required to assist in subduing Canaan: Nu 32:6-32; De 3:18-20. Total strength of, on entering the land of Canaan: Nu 26:51. Canaan divided amongst nine and a half of, by lot: Jos 14:1-5. Situation of, and bounds of the inheritance of each: Jos 15-17. All inheritance to remain in the tribe and family to which allotted: Nu 36:3-9. Names of, engraven on the breastplate of the high priest: Ex 28:21; 39:14. Divided on mounts Ebal and Gerizim to hear the law: De 27:12-13. Remained as one people until the reign of Rehoboam: 1Ki 12:16-20'.

Please see the notes for 2Corinthians 5:1 and Philippians 2:9-11 about the word Earth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the physical planet we reside on, also soil or ground. At times, the application o0f this word, will focus on only part of the whole'. Please also see the note for Luke 21:10-11 about the word earthquake. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 4:7 about the word earthen. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:1 about the word earthly. Please also see the note for Matthew 27:51-53 about the word quake Please also see the note for Revelation 1:4 about the phrase kings of the earth.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians C5S2 about mourn. The New Testament definition is: 'to express grief or sorrow; to grieve; to be sorrowful'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 7:6-7 about the word mourning.

Please see the note for Luke 9:34 about the word cloud. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: '"A covering," because clouds cover the sky. The wordis used as a symbol of the Divine presence'.

Please see the note for Romans C15S14 about the word glory. there is a lot of information about this word in that note. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Brightness, splendor, luster'. The New Testament for the word glorified is: 'past-tense form of the word glory'. The New Testament for the word glorifying is: 'applying the word glory in an ongoing manner'. The New Testament for the word Glorious is: 'Illustrious; of exalted excellence and splendor; resplendent in majesty and divine attributes; applied to God'. Please also see the note for Matthew 17:1 about the phrase Jesus Christ return in glory. Please also see the Minor Titles of the Son of God to see the title of: hope of glory. All true Biblical hope is based in Him. Think about what was revealed in the 'Mount of transfiguration'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'Immediately. Mt 24:8; Da 7:11-12; Mr 13:24-25 shall the . Isa 13:10; 24:23; Jer 4:23-28; Eze 32:7-8; Joe 2:10,30-31; 3:15; Am 5:20; 8:9; Zep 1:14-15; Lu 21:25-26; Ac 2:19-20; Re 6:12-17 the powers. 2Pe 3:10 General references. exp: Isa 13:10; Joe 3:15; Mr 13:24; Lu 17:30.
The sign. Mt 24:3; Da 7:13; Mr 13:4; Re 1:7 and then shall all. Zec 12:10; Re 1:7 see. Mt 16:27-28; 26:64; Mr 13:26; 14:62-64; Lu 21:27; 22:69; Ac 1:11; 2Th 1:7 General references. exp: Mr 13:24,26; Lu 17:30'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S28 (Verse 31) All Jews will be in one place.

And he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet,
and they shall gather together hiselect from the four winds,
from one end of heaven to the other.

Matthew 24:14-31; Mark 13:14-27 and Luke 21:20-28 have prophecies of events that will happen to saved people during the great tribulation.

I've never heard this preached. But, our sentence is telling us that the Jews will return from Heaven at a separate time from Christ returning with His saints. The indication is that this will happen right after Jesus returns and takes control of this world . I believe that this will also be before the 'Sheep and Goat Judgment' (Matthew 25:31-56).

Mark 13:27 is equivalent to this sentence. The first phrase, of our current sentence, says: And he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet. The equivalent section from Mark says: And then shall he send his angels. Mark does not include a great sound of a trumpet, but that is used to announce an official gathering. Matthew gives us the perspective of law and of the kingdom. Therefore, he includes it. Mark gives us the perspective of a servant. Often, servants are excluded from such meetings. Their masters attend themeetings but the servants are often kept too busy doing things for their master to attend. Therefore, this official announcement of an official meeting had little, or no, important to a servant.

The next phrase, of our current sentence, says: and they shall gather together hiselect from the four winds. The equivalent section from Mark says: and shall gather together hiselect from the four winds, from the uttermost part of the earth. The wind is part of this physical reality. And, while Matthew assumes that his audience understand the figure-of-speech (The four winds), Mark knows that some of his audience might not understand the figure-of-speech. Therefore, Mark includes theredundant phrase of: from the uttermost part of the earth.

The last phrase, of our current sentence, says: from one end of heaven to the other. The equivalent section from Mark says: to the uttermost part of heaven. there is a slight difference in the wording, but the same message. And, this last phrase says that Jesus Christ will gather together hiselect, which are the saved Jews, from Earth and from Heaven after He has returned to this Earth and taken control. As I already wrote, I can't recall ever hearing this preached and I did not personally realize it until I did a detailed analysis of this sentence.

Please see the notes for 1Corinthians C13S1; Significant Gospel Events and Significant New Testament Events about the word angel. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Literally, a messenger; one employed to communicate news or information from one person to another'. Please also see the note for Jude 1:7 about the word archangel.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians C13S1 about the word sound. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Not defective; whole. What can be perceived by hearing'.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians C14S8 about the word trumpet. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A wind instrument of music, used chiefly in war and military exercises'.

Please see the note for Luke 7:24 about the word wind. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Air in motion with any degree of velocity, indefinitely'. The phrase The four winds means: 'all parts of the Earth'. Please also see the note for Ephesians 4:14 about the phrase wind of doctrine.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'he. Mt 28:18; Mr 16:15-16; Lu 24:47; Ac 26:19-20 his angels. Mt 13:41; 25:31; Re 1:20; 2:1; 14:6-9 with. Nu 10:1-10; Ps 81:3; Isa 27:13; 1Co 15:52; 1Th 4:16 a great sound of a trumpet. or, a trumpet and a great voice. gather. Isa 11:12; 49:18; 60:4; Zec 14:5; Mr 13:27; Joh 11:52; Eph 1:10; 2Th 2:1 exp: Ps 50:5. from. Ps 22:27; 67:7; Isa 13:5; 42:10; 43:6; 45:22; Zec 9:10; Ro 10:18 General references. exp: Eze 1:14; Mr 13:24; Lu 17:30'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S29 (Verse 32-33) the 'Parable of the Fig Tree'.

Equivalent Section: Lesson in a parable.

First Step: What to learn.

Now learn a parable of the fig tree;.

Second Step: the parable.

When his branch is yet tender,
and putteth forth leaves,
ye know that summer is nigh:.

Equivalent Section: Application of the parable.

So likewise ye,
when ye shall see all these things,
know that it is near,
even at the doors.

Matthew 24:32; Mark 13:26-37 and Luke 21:29-38 give the 'Parable of the Fig Tree' and the command to watch. This is a commandment for today.

I used to live in Michigan. When the trees first started putting out leaf buds, you could be sure that all of the trees would be completely leafed out in six (6) weeks. Now, that time will vary between locations based upon local weather conditions. And, in some parts of the world, such as the Philippines, the trees don't lose their leaves in the winter. Therefore, people in those areas will have a harder time understanding this parable. However, no matter where someone lives, there are certain signs in nature which always precede some natural event. Therefore, the lesson of this parable is that when we see the signs, told in the earlier prophecies, we are to know that The end is not yet, but that it is near.

Mark 13:26-37 and Luke 21:29-38 are equivalent sentences. The First Step, of our current sentence, says: Now learn a parable of the fig tree. The equivalent section from Mark says: Now learn a parable of the fig tree. The equivalent section from Luke says: And he spake to them a parable; Behold the fig tree, and all the trees. Luke uses different wording, and speaks in third-person instead of second-person, but those differences do not constitute a conflict. they are, basically, the same message from all three Gospel accounts.

The Second Step, of our current sentence, says: When his branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh. The equivalent section from Mark says: When her branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is near. The equivalent section from Luke says: When they now shoot forth, ye see and know of your own selves that summer is now nigh at hand. And, once more, we see the same basic message with slightly different wording. The differences do not constitute a conflict but show us that God allowed His Gospel authors freedom of expression so long as they delivered His message and only His message.

The Second Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: So likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know that it is near, even at the doors. The equivalent section from Mark says: So ye in like manner, when ye shall see these things come to pass, know that it is nigh, even at the doors. The equivalent section from Luke says: So likewise ye, when ye see these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand. Mark uses the phrase in like manner where Matthew and Luke use the word: likewise. This simply gives us a definition for the word: likewise. In addition, Matthew leaves out the phrase come to pass, but the context delivers the same concept. Luke does not include the phrase even at the doors, but that phrase is redundant and not necessary to delivering themessage. However, Luke is more explicate when he uses the phrase The kingdom of God where Matthew and mark use the word; it. Thus, what we see here is the same as we have seen else where. Comparing equivalent sentences does not show us a conflict but actually increases understanding for those people who are willing to let God's Holy Spirit teach them the true meaning of The word of God.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 14:24-25 about the words learn and unlearn. The New Testament definition, for the word learn, is: 'to gain knowledge of; to acquire knowledge or ideas of something before unknown'. The New Testament definition, for the word unlearn, is: 'Not learned; ignorant; not gained by study'. The Jews used the phrase having never learned to mean 'having never received a formal education'.

Please see the note for Mark 3:23 about the word parable. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A story based in this physical reality that conveys a hidden spiritual truth. Jesus used parables to hide the truth from lost and carnal people while revealing it the saved and spiritual through the Holy Spirit'. Please also see the Table of Parables in the New Testament.

Please see the note for James 3:13 about the word fig. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the fig-tree is used, symbolically, in the Bible, for our religious activity'.

Please see thenote for Mark 11:13 about the word tree. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the general name of the largest of the vegetable kind, consisting of a firm woody stem springing from woody roots, and spreading above into branches which terminate in leaves. A tree differs from a shrub principally in size'. Please also see the note for Romans C11S28 about the phrase olive tree. Please also see the note for Revelation 2:7 about the phrase tree of life. The true 'Original Sin' was eating from the tree of knowledge of good and evil (Genesis 3). Please also see the several parables about trees.

Please see the note for John 12:12 about the word branch. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A small part of a plant which holds leaves and fruit. Also used symbolically for God's people who are part of Him just like a branch is part of the plant which it is attached to'. Forms of this word are used, in this Gospel, in: Matthew 13:32; Matthew 21:8; Matthew 24:32.

Please see the note for Mark 13:28-29 about the word tender. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Soft or delicate. Also used for a physical defect'.

Please see the note for Mark 13:28-29 about the words leaf / leaves. The New Testament definition, for these words, is: 'In botany, leaves are used for perspiration and inhalation in plants. they usually shoot from the sides of the stems and branches, but sometimes from the root'.

Please see the note note for know in 1John about the word know. The New Testament definition is: 'A clear and certain perception of that which exists, or of truth and fact; and the perception of the connection and agreement, or disagreement between various truths and acts. Within the Biblical usage is the knowledge that comes only from personal intimate experience'. The th, in the word knoweth, makes it a 'life-style knowing'. Please also see the note for Philippians 1:9-11 about the word knowledge. Please see the note for Matthew 1:25 about the word knew. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Past tense form of know. Also used for intimate knowledge as Adam knew Eve his wife; and she conceived'. The New Testament definition, for the word knewest is: 'A life-style past tense form of know'. Please see the note for Galatians 1:22 about the word unknown. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'not known'. Please see the note for Romans C6S5 about the phrase Know ye not. The New Testament definition, for this phrase, is asking the question: 'How could you not know something that is so obvious?'. Please see the note for Romans C11S4 about the word foreknow. Please see the note for Galatians 1:22 about the word unknown. Please see the note for 1Corinthians C16S17 about the word acknowledge. True Biblical knowledge includes the most intimate and personal type of knowledge which comes from personal experience.

Please see the note Luke 21:29-30 about the words sufficient. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the warm or rainey season of the year'. Please also see the note for Mark 12:2 about the word season. Please also see the note for Mark 13:18 about the word winter. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the cold season of the year'. The word of God does not use the word fall for the season when 'leaves fall from trees'. The word of God does not use the word spring for the season when 'new plant life springs from the ground and from dormant plants'.

Please see the note for 2Corinthians 2:12-13 about the word door. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Besides the common use of the door as themeans of entrance into a house, and of enclosing those within when shut, it is used in scripture symbolically for the way of entrance into blessing'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Mr 13:28-29; Lu 21:29-30
when. Mt 24:3 know. Eze 7:2-14; Heb 10:37; Jas 5:9; 1Pe 4:7 it. or, he. General references. exp: Mr 13:28'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S30 (Verse 34) the time interval for the fulfillment of prophecy.

Verily I say unto you,
This generation shall not pass,
till all these things be fulfilled.

Mark 13:30 and Luke 21:32 are equivalent sentences to this sentence. The only difference between the three (3) reports is that Mark uses the word done where Matthew and Luke use the word fulfilled.

We say earlier that The end is not yet for certain signs. then we saw that other signs show us that the end of the great tribulation is nigh. Those signs are for Jews going through the great tribulation because the truly saved will be in Heaven and those who had a chance to be saved before the 'Rapture', but rejected their chance, will have strong delusion.

Now, there is a question about what all is included in the saying of: This generation shall not pass, till all these things be fulfilled. Many, who are not careful with their study, include the signs which come before Jesus said; The end is not yet. And, those signs have gone on for many generations. Therefore, the prophecy is still reliable but the sloppy study habits of some people is the source of the error. With that in mind, we can expect that from when Jesus said; All these are the beginning of sorrows (Matthew 24:8) through the return of Jesus Christ as ruling Lord will be within the generation. With that written, we need to acknowledge that there is an argument about how many years are in a Bible generation. However, the estimates run from twenty (20) years to higher numbers of years. Therefore, the reader haswhat is available to make their own estimate of the time involved. As for myself, I expect to be in Heaven where time no longer matters. However, I expect that the amount of time will make a difference to the Jews who are living through the great tribulation.

Please see the note for Romans 11:1 about the phrase I say. The New Testament definition is: 'This phrase expresses a personal opinion, which usually follows the phrase'. Bible authors uses this phrase when they introduces their own point into an ongoing discussion. When Jesus says this phrase, He is giving a personal command. Please see the note for Revelation 1:8 and the Concordance for all references to the word saith. Please also see the note for Romans C10S28 about the word gainsaying. Please also see the note for Matthew 26:1 about the word sayings (plural). Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 2:17 about the word speak. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 3:12-14 about the word speech. Please also see the notes for phesians C4S15 and 1Peter 2:1 about the phrase evil speaking. The words speaketh and saith mean that the person 'keeps on keeping on doing the saying'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'This . Mt 12:45; 16:28; 23:36; Mr 13:30-31; Lu 11:50; 21:32-33 exp: Mt 11:16. General references. exp: Mt 23:36; Lu 21:32'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S31 (Verse 35) the precept that is the basis for belief.

heaven and earth shall pass away,
but my words shall not pass away.

Matthew 24:35-36; Mark 13:31-37 and Luke 21:33-36 give us a final warning and final commandments which are based upon these prophecies and on the precept which started these Bible references.

Mark 13:31 and Luke 21:33 deliver the same message as this sentence. This is a promise that God will preserve His word and that we can rely upon it not matter what circumstances we find ourselves in. Please see the Promises Section of the Significant Gospel Events Study for Bible references to similar events.

Matthew 24:35; Mark 13:13; Luke 16:17; 21:33 and other places in the Bible contain God's promise that His Word is more reliable than the laws of nature. So, when the Bible says This we say unto you by the word of the Lord, the Bible is saying that we have a law from our Lord which has a greater assurance than our belief in sun rise tomorrow. Please see the note for 1Thessalonians 1:8 about word of the Lord.

Lost people and carnal saved people all have their hopes of the future based upon this physical reality. Jesus has spent most of this chapter telling us about disasters that will happen to people in this physical reality. Now, He is telling us that the physical reality will be utterly destroyed. Therefore, anyone who has their hopes of the future based upon this physical reality are going to see all of their hopes destroyed. However, Jesus also tells us, in this sentence, that my words shall not pass away. Therefore, the wise person bases all of their hopes of the future based upon The word of God, which preserves the words of Jesus for us.

Any time that I have heard this sentence, (or the matching sentences from the other Gospel accounts), preached, people emphasized thereliability and eternality of The word of God. This is correct. However, our sentence also tells us the unreliability of the physical reality. Therefore, proper preaching, or teaching, of this sentence should include both points of the sentence.

Please see the notes for 2Corinthians 5:1 and Philippians 2:9-11 about the word Earth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the physical planet we reside on, also soil or ground. At times, the application o0f this word, will focus on only part of the whole'. Please also see the note for Luke 21:10-11 about the word earthquake. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 4:7 about the word earthen. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:1 about the word earthly. Please also see the note for Matthew 27:51-53 about the word quake Please also see the note for Revelation 1:4 about the phrase kings of the earth.

Please see the note for James 1:10 for the word away. The New Testament definition is: 'at a distance'. Please see the note for James 1:10 about the word away. Please also see the note for Romans 11:1 about the phrase cast away. Please also see the note for John 6:67 about the phrase go away. Please also see the note for Romans C11S1 about the phrase God will not cast away his people. Please also see the note for Matthew 19:3 about the phrase put away.

Please see the note for Colossians 2:4 about the word word. The New Testament definition, of this word is: 'the expression of a thought'. The Bible makes a major distinction between the words of men and the word of God. Please see the note for Romans C10S22 about the phrase word of God. The word of God is the holy scriptures and in the English language, it is only the KJV-1611. In addition, the capitalized Word is a title for our Lord Jesus Christ. When Word is capitalized, it is The word of God and another formal name for the Son of God just like Jesus, Christ and other names. Please use This link to see the 'Minor Titles of the Son of God' found within the Bible along with links to where the Bible uses those titles. Please see the note for 1Thessalonians 1:8 about the phrase word of the Lord. Please note that the word of the Lord is a sub-set of the word of God. The word of God contains all of God's written truth including recording the lies of Satan. The word of the Lord is that part of the word of God which will be used to judge us. The lies from Satan are not included within the word of the Lord but are part of the word of God Every part of the word of the Lord is part of God's law. The Bible also tells us: man doth not live by bread only, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the LORD doth man live (Deuteronomy 8:3; Proverbs 30:5; Matthew 4:4; Matthew 18:16; Luke 4:4). Further, the note for Colossians 3:16 explains the difference between word of the LORD and word of Christ.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'Heaven. Mt 5:18; Ps 102:26; Isa 34:4; 51:6; 54:10; Jer 31:35-36; Heb 1:11-12; 2Pe 3:7-12; Re 6:14; 20:11 exp: Mr 13:31. my. Nu 23:19; Ps 19:7; 89:34; Pr 30:5; Isa 40:8; 55:11; Tit 1:2; 1Pe 1:25; Re 3:14 General references. exp: 1Ki 16:34; Ps 56:10; Jer 36:28; Da 4:28; Lu 21:33'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S32 (Verse 36) No one can prophecy that day and hour.

But of that day and hour knoweth no man,
no,
not the angels of heaven,
but my father only.

Jesus, fulfilled the Old Testament role of Messiah, when He called God the father my father as a way of claiming to literally be the Son of God. This was prophesied in: Psalms 89:26-27.

Matthew 24:36-44; and several other places in the Bible, speak of the return of Jesus as ruling Lord (Also called the 'Second Coming of Christ' and the start of the '1,000-years reign of Christ'. Many commentators also name other places which talk about the Second Coming of our Lord. Please see the Prophecies Section of the Significant Gospel Events Study for more related Bible references.

Matthew 24:35-36; Mark 13:31-37 and Luke 21:33-36 give us a final warning and final commandments which are based upon these prophecies and on the precept which started these Bible references.

Mark 13:32 is an equivalent sentence. The only difference is that Mark adds the phrase neither theSon.

Here is something that will mess up a lot of people. When Jesus says: no man, it includes Himself. Yes, Jesus and God the father are equally God, but there are differences in them. For example, Jesus is our advocate and we go to Jesus, not God the father (Hebrews). Jesus experiences being a weak human being while God the father did not. That is why The word of God tells us to go to Jesus, not God the father.

We also see that certainthings of the future are only known to God the father. In particular, God the father restricts knowledge of the exact day and time when He will fulfill future unfulfilled prophecy.

Please see the note for John 2:4 about the word hour. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'a short period of time relative to the perspective'.

Please see the note for Hebrews 1:5 about the word father. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'God or the man who passes his character to the son'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Mt 24:42,44; 25:13; Zec 14:7; Mr 13:32; Ac 1:7; 1Th 5:2; 2Pe 3:10; Re 3:3; 16:15'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S33 (Verse 37) An analogy.

But as the days of Noe were,
so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.

Matthew 24:37-39 and Luke 17:26-27 tell us that the days of the great tribulation will be like the days of Noah. In addition, Luke also reports that those days will be like the days of Lot.

Luke 17:26 is an equivalent sentence. And, the next sentence in Luke is also equivalent to the next sentence here in Matthew . Both sets of sentences need to be considered together. In addition. Luke 17:28-29 is added to these sentences, even though Matthew did not report that additional prophecy from Jesus.

The first phrase, of our current sentence, says: But as the days of Noe were. The equivalent section from Luke says: And as it was in the days of Noe. The second phrase, of our current sentence, says: so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. The equivalent section from Luke says: so shall it be also in the days of the Son of man. Therefore, two of the worst days, as recorded in The word of God will have their attitudes and actions replicated during the great tribulation.

Please see the note for Hebrews 11:7 about Noe / Noah. That note tells several things about his character and provides links to where he is mentioned in The word of God.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Ge 6-7; Job 22:15-17; Lu 17:26-27; Heb 11:7; 1Pe 3:20-21; 2Pe 2:5; 3:6'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S34 (Verse 38-39) the signs to look for.

First Step: the past conditions.

For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking,
marrying and giving in marriage,
until the day that Noe entered into the ark,
And knew not until the flood came,
and took them all away;.

Second Step: the future conditions.

so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.

Luke 17:27 is an equivalent sentence. The First Step, of our current sentence, says: For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, And knew not until the flood came, and took them all away. The equivalent section from Luke says: they did eat, they drank, they married wives, they were given in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, and the flood came, and destroyed them all.

Luke does not include the first phrase of: For as in the days that were before the flood. Luke allows the context to convey that meaning. And, other than minor differences in wording; such as Matthew using took them all away where Luke uses: destroyed them all; the messagesare identical between the two Gospel accounts.

What we see here, along with the account in Genesis; was that Noah preached for a hundred (100) years, warning people of the coming judgment of God and the people ignored, or mocked, him. We also see that Noah backed his preaching by preparing an ark, even though there had never been rain. Peter explains this in 2Peter 3:3-6; which says: Knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scoffers, walking after their own lusts, And saying, Where is the promise of his coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation. for this they willingly are ignorant of, that by the word of God the heavens were of old, and the earth stand ing out of the water and in the water: Whereby the world that then was, being overflowed with water, perished:.

In general, floods are used, symbolically, for the judgment of God. Think about Noah's flood (Genesis 6). When God's people fail to have enough influence and the majority of the people around them turn to sin, God will bring judgments of varying degrees upon the land and the people in general. And, as we see with God's prophets, God's people suffer along with all of the rest of the people. further, as with God's prophets, it is not necessarily a failure of God's people to deliver a warning but is a people with sin hardened hearts which cause the judgment. However, as this sentence tells us, the obedient saved person can expect to survive the judgment just as the house, which is built on the rock, survives the flood. This is to give a godly testimony to the obedient saved person.

Our Second Step tells us: so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. As we see these things happening in our world, we can look forward to the 'Rapture' and the great tribulation. And, everyone can use these signs to know that God is justified in killing all of those people who will turn this world into the worst form of corruption with no chance of redemption.

Please see the note for Luke 6:47-48 about the word flood. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A great flow of water; a body of moving water; particularly, a body of water, rising, swelling and overflowing land not usually covered with water'.

Please see the note for Matthew 11:18 about the word eating. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the ongoing form of the word eat'. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians C11S37 about the word eat. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to consume or destroy, both physically and spiritually: who eat up my people as they eat bread (Ps 14:4)'. The word ate is found only in the Old Testament. The definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word eat'. The word eatest is also found only in the Old Testament.

Please see note for Matthew 11:18 for about the word drinking. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the ongoing form of the word drink'. Please also seenote for Mark 2:16 about the word drinketh. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word drink'. Please also see the note for Matthew 6:25 about the word drink. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to swallow liquor, for quenching thirst or other purpose. The symbolic meaning is to take in something that infuses the entire body'. Please also seenote for Mark 14:23 about the word drank. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word drink'. Please also seenote for Luke 5:39 for about the word drunk. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word drink. Also used for intoxicated'. Please also seenote for Matthew 24:49 about the word drunken. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'intoxication; inebriation; a state in which a person is overwhelmed or overpowered with spirituous liquors'. Please also seenote for Romans C13S16 for about the word drunkenness. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the ongoing form of the word drunken'.

Please see the note for Mark 10:11 about the words marriage / wedding. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the joining of a man and woman in a life- long relationship with a spiritual contract which is recognized by the court of God. It was instituted in Paradise'. Please also see the note for Mark 10:11 about the phrase marry. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to unite in wedlock or matrimony; to join a man and woman for life, and constitute them man and wife according to the laws or customs of a nation and of God'. Please also see the note for Revelation 19:7-LJC about the phrase marriage supper of the Lamb. Please also see the note for 1Corinthians 7:8 about the word unmarried. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'not married'.

Please see the note for Hebrews 11:7 about Noe / Noah. That note tells several things about his character and provides links to where he is mentioned in The word of God.

Please see Matthew 8:5 about the word entered. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word enter'. Please also seeJohn 10:9 about the word enter. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to leave one place and go into another place'. Please also seeMatthew 23:13 about the word entering. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word enter'. Please also seeMatthew 15:17 about the word entereth. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word enter'.

Please see the note for Luke 17:27 about the word ark. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A chest or box of various size used to protect what is inside. the ark of Noah was considerably larger than the ark that Moses was put into and larger than the Ark of God'.

Please see the note for Matthew 1:25 about the word knew. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Past tense form of know. Also used for intimate knowledge as Adam knew Eve his wife; and she conceived'. The New Testament definition, for the word knewest, is: 'A life-style past tense form of know'. Please also see the note note for know in 1John about the word know. The New Testament definition is: 'A clear and certain perception of that which exists, or of truth and fact; and the perception of the connection and agreement, or disagreement between various truths and acts. Within the Biblical usage is the knowledge that comes only from personal intimate experience'. The th, in the word knoweth, makes it a 'life-style knowing'. Please also see the note for know in 1John about the word know. Please see the note for Philippians 1:9-11 about the word knowledge. Please see the note for Romans C11S4 about the word foreknow. Please see the note for Romans C6S5 about the phrase Know ye not. Please see the note for Galatians 1:22 about the word unknown. Please see the note for 1Corinthians C16S17 about the word acknowledge.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'they . Ge 6:2; 1Sa 25:36-38; 30:16-17; Isa 22:12-14; Eze 16:49-50; Am 6:3-6; Lu 12:19,45; 14:18-20; 17:26-28; 21:34; Ro 13:13-14; 1Co 7:29-31 exp: Job 21:13. General references. exp: Ge 7:7; Jer 16:8; 2Pe 3:6.
General references. Mt 13:13-15; Jg 20:34; Pr 23:35; 24:12; 29:7; Isa 42:25; 44:18-19; Lu 19:44; Joh 3:20; Ac 13:41; Ro 1:28; 2Pe 3:5 exp: Ge 7:21; 2Pe 3:6'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S35 (Verse 40) God will choose.

First Step: the condition.

then shall two be in the field;.

Second Step: the result.

The one shall be taken,
and the other left.

Luke 12:36 is equivalent to this sentence. Our current sentence says: then shall two be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left. The equivalent sentence from Luke says: Two men shall be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left. these two sentences are exactly the same.

In addition, Luke includes a third example of this doctrine in Luke 12:34. Matthew does not bother because Matthew gives us the legal perspective and only two witnesses are required for the legal perspective. However, Luke gives us the perspective of man and the extra example will make it easier for some men to understand.

In the application for the 'Rapture', the person with the indwelling Holy Spirit will be taken to Heaven (Raptured) while the other is left here and given strong delusion (2Thessalonians 2:11). In the application for the great tribulation, the Jew will be arrested and killed by the armies of the Beast while the non-Jew will be left alive. At that time, they will probably be using some portable DNA scanner to determine if someone is a Jew or not.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'The one. 2Ch 33:12-24; Lu 17:34-37; 23:39-43; 1Co 4:7; 2Pe 2:5,7-9 General references. exp: Ac 9:7'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S36 (Verse 41) Another choice by God.

First Step: the condition.

Two women shall be grinding at the mill;.

Second Step: the result.

The one shall be taken,
and the other left.

We find tjhe same account in Luke 17:35.

Luke 12:35 is equivalent to this sentence. Our current sentence says: Two women shall be grinding at the mill; the one shall be taken, and the other left. The equivalent section from Luke says: Two women shall be grinding together; the one shall be taken, and the other left. The only difference is that Matthew uses the phrase grinding at the mill where Luke uses: grinding together. It should be obvious to everyone that there is no conflict between these two sentences. In fact, there is no real difference between the two sentences.

This is a second example of the doctrine found in the prior sentence. In the application for the 'Rapture', the person with the indwelling Holy Spirit will be taken to Heaven (Raptured) while the other is left here and given strong delusion (2Thessalonians 2:11). In the application for the great tribulation, the Jew will be arrested and killed by the armies of the Beast while the non-Jew will be left alive. At that time, they will probably be using some portable DNA scanner to determine if someone is a Jew or not.

Please see the note for Luke 20:18 about the word grind. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: '(Ex 32:20; De 9:21; Jg 16:21), to crush into small pieces; to oppress the poor (Isa 3:5)'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'Two. the mulon G3459 was a hand-mill composed of two stones; "the uppermost of which is turned round by a small handle of wood or iron that is placed in the rim. when this stone is large, or expedition required, a second person is called to assist; and as it is usual for women alone to be concerned in this employment, who seat themselves over against each other with the millstone between then,we may see not only the propriety of the expression, Ex 11:5," but the force of this .'Dr. Shaw. grinding. Ex 11:5; Isa 47:2 General references. exp: Ac 9:7'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S37 (Verse 42) the command to obey as a result.

Equivalent Section: the command.

Watch therefore:.

Equivalent Section: Why.

for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come.

We nave similar warnings in in 1Thessalonians 5:6 and we are directly warned by our Lord Jesus Christ in Revelation 16:15

Luke 12:40 is equivalent to this sentence. The First Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: Watch therefore. The equivalent section from Luke says: Be ye therefore ready also. The definition of the word watch is: 'Attention without sleep and with close observation such as a military guard'. This is the same message as: Be ye ready also. In both phrases, the word therefore tells us that the Second Equivalent Section is based upon what came before the sentence in question. The Second Equivalent Section, of our current sentence, says: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come. The equivalent section from Luke says: for the Son of man cometh at an hour when ye think not. Both deliver the same message with different words.

Our current sentence uses the word Lord to let us know that our judgment follows His coming. for the saved, who will meet Him in the 'Rapture', that will be the judgment seat of Christ. for the people who are saved during the great tribulation, that will be the 'Sheep and Goat Judgment'.

Please see the note for Colossians C4S2 about the word watch. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Attention without sleep and with close observation such as a military guard'.

Please see the note for John 2:4 about the word hour. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'a short period of time relative to the perspective'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'Watch. Mt 25:13; 26:38-41; Mr 13:33-37; Lu 12:35-40; 21:36; Ro 13:11; 1Co 16:13; 1Th 5:6; 1Pe 4:7; 5:8; Re 3:2-3; 16:15 exp: Mr 14:38. For. Mt 24:36,44; Mr 13:33 General references. exp: Mt 24:36; 25:13; Mr 13:33,35; Lu 12:40'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S38 (Verse 43) the warning to pay attention to.

But know this,
that if the goodman of the house had known in what watch the thief would come,
he would have watched,
and would not have suffered his house to be broken up.

Matthew 24:40-51 give us the command to watch with illustrations and a parable to teach the application. Everything from Matthew 24:40 through the end of the chapter has two valid applications. these sentences can be applied from today until the 'Rapture' and they can be applied by the saved people during the great tribulation until the Second Coming of Christ. In addition, Matthew 24:43-44 and Luke 12:39; we read the 'Parable to Watch for the thief'. It is also found in the Table of Parables in the New Testament.

Luke 12:39 is equivalent to this sentence. It says: And this know, that if the goodman of the house had known what hour the thief would come, he would have watched, and not have suffered his house to be broken through. If the readerexamines these two sentences, they will find minor differences in the wording, but the same message. Thus, again, we see that God allows His Gospel writers to have freedom of expression so long as they deliver His message and only His message.

Most people are shocked, very upset and feel very violated when a thief breaks into their house and steals something. Only the very rich or governments can keep a guard on their property twenty-four hours a day and seven days a week (24-7). And, even then,they do not know when a thief will come. Therefore, everyone should understand this sentence.

Revelation 3:3 says: Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee. Also, Revelation 16:15 says: Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame. Therefore, we find this warning multiple times in The word of God. And, the only way that we will not be caught unprepared is if we live our life looking for Him to come for us suddenly.

Please see the note for Mark 14:14 about the word goodman. The Morrish Bible Dictionary defines this word as: 'Master of the house. Pr 7:19; Mt 20:11; 24:43; Mr 14:14; Lu 12:39; 22:11''. Please see the note for Romans C7S16 about the word good. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'In the Bible, only what comes from God is called good. therefore, the Biblical definition of good does not match what men think it should be'. 'Original Sin' was eating from the tree of knowledge of good and evil (Genesis 3). Since then men have thought they could define good, but their definitions have been wrong and have been sin (Matthew 7:23; Luke 13:27). Therefore, the Biblical definition of good does not match what men think it should be. Please also see the note for Romans C11S26 about the word goodness. Please also see the note for Mark 14:14 about the word goodman. Please also see the note for Mark 2:28-LJC about the phrase Good Friday.

Please see the note for Colossians C4S2 about the word watch. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Attention without sleep and with close observation such as a military guard'.

Please see the note for 1Peter 4:15 about the word thief. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'One who secretly, unlawfully and feloniously takes the goods or personal property of another. The thief takes the property of another privately; the robber by open force'. Please also see the note for Matthew 15:19-20 about the word theft. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the act of stealing. To constitute theft, the taking must be in private or without the owner's knowledge, and it must be unlawful or felonious, that is, it must be with a design to deprive the owner of his property privately and against his will'. Please also see the note for Philippians 2:5-8 about the words rob / robbery. We find this word, within this book, in: our current sentence and Matthew 26:55.

Please see the note for Colossians C4S2 about the word watch. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Attention without sleep and with close observation such as a military guard'.

The words broken and he word broke are two different spellings for the same word. The New Testament definition for both words is: 'the past-tense forms of the words break and brake'. The word broke is not used in The word of God. Please see the note for Luke 12:39 about the word broken. Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'Past-tense for Break / Brake. Parted by violence'. Please also see the note for Romans C11S21 about the phrase broken off. Please also see the note for Matthew 5:19 about the word break.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'good-man. Mt 20:11; Pr 7:19 had. Lu 12:39; 1Th 5:2-6; 2Pe 3:10-11 would not. Ex 22:2-3 General references. exp: Mt 25:13; Mr 13:33; Lu 12:39'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S39 (Verse 44) the attitude to keep.

Equivalent Section: the command.

therefore be ye also ready:.

Equivalent Section: Why.

for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh.

Luke 12:39 is equivalent to this sentence. The order of the words is different in the two sentences, but both sentences use the same words and deliver the same message.

This is the conclusion of the prior sentence because it starts with the word therefore. In additionto this command, 2Timothy 4:8 says: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give me at that day: and not to me only, but unto all them also that love his appearing. Not only are commanded to watch, but we are warned of the consequences of not doing so and promised reward for obeying this command.

Please see the note for Acts 17:11 about the words readiness / ready. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the primary sense is prepared to go, move, or advance forward'.

Please see the note for John 2:4 about the word hour. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'a short period of time relative to the perspective'.

Please see the note for Philippians 3:4-6 about the word think. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to have the mind occupied on some subject; to have ideas, or to revolve ideas in the mind'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 10:3-6 about the word thought. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Primarily the passive participle of think'. The th, of the word thinketh, makes it: 'Life-style thinking'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Mt 25:10,13; Lu 12:40; Php 4:5; Jas 5:9; Re 19:7 exp: Mt 24:36; Mr 13:33,35; Lu 12:39'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S40 (Verse 45) the rewardto gain.

Who then is a faithful and wise servant,
whom his lord hath made ruler over his household,
to give them meat in due season?.

Matthew 24:40-51 give us the command to watch with illustrations and a parable to teach the application. Everything from Matthew 24:40 through the end of the chapter has two valid applications. these sentences can be applied from today until the 'Rapture' and they can be applied by the saved people during the great tribulation until the Second Coming of Christ. In addition, Matthew 24:45-51 and Luke 12:42-48; we read the 'Parable of the Wise Steward'. It is also found in the Table of Parables in the New Testament.

Our next sentence starts with: Blessed is that servant. And, the next three (3) sentences are part of this parable. All sentences of the parable need to be considered togetherbecause of contextual requirements.

Luke 12:42 is an equivalent sentence. The first phrase from Luke says: And the Lord said. Matthew lets the context make it clear that The Lord is speaking about judgment and reward. The first phrase, of our current sentence, says: Who then is a faithful and wise servant. The equivalent section from Luke says: Who then is that faithful and wise steward. The only difference is that Luke uses the word steward where Matthew uses servant. However, a steward is a servant.

The next phrase, of our current sentence, says: whom his lord hath made ruler over his household. The equivalent section from Luke says: whom his lord shall make ruler over his household. The only difference is that Luke uses the future-tense (shall make) where Matthew uses the past-tense (hath made). Matthew gives us the perspective of a king and, once our God King has made a decision it is considered completed, in The word of God, even if it has not yet been implemented. Luke, however, gives us the perspective of a man, and men are concerned with the implementation. Therefore, this difference in the tense of the verbs is due strictly to the difference of the perspective presented by each Gospel author.

The last phrase, of our current sentence, says: to give them meat in due season. The equivalent section from Luke says: to give them their portion of meat in due season. The only difference is that Luke includes the phrase; their portion. Again, Matthew gives us the perspective of a king and, since our God King has already made the decision, and published it, that reward will be proportional to the level of service, that phrase is considered extraneous. However, since Luke gives us the perspective of a man, he felt it important enough to include this reminder to men.

Now, we need to give more consideration to these phrases, the words used in them, and the actual meaning of what is written.

In our first phrase, we read about a faithful and wise servant. In Numbers 12:7; God called Moses a faithful servant. In . 1Samuel 22:14; God called king David a faithful servant. Isaiah 49:7; God called Jesus a faithful servant. Therefore, we are given these examples to follow. In addition, Matthew 25:21, 23; Jesus said that the servant who returned a spiritual profit to God was personally a good and faithful servant. In addition, Luke uses the word steward and 1Corinthians 4:2 says: Moreover it is required in stewards, that a man be found faithful. In addition, in both the 'Parable of the Pounds' (Luke 19:11-27) and the 'Parable of the Talents' (Matthew 25:14-30), the servant who brought no profit to God was punished. Therefore, the faithful and wise servant produces a spiritual profit for God while they are in this world .

In our first phrase, we read about a faithful and wise servant. In 1Samuel 18:5 and 1Samuel 18:30; king David is called a wise servant. In Proverbs 14:35 we read: The king's favour is toward a wise servant: but his wrath is against him that causeth shame. In Proverbs 17:2 we read: A wise servant shall have rule over a son that causeth shame, and shall have part of the inheritance among the brethren. Thus, between all of these references, we can know what God requires for us to be considered a faithful and wise servant.

In our second phrase, we read: whom his lord hath made ruler over his household. At the time that this note was written, there were thirty four (34) other notes on this web site which reference Revelation 17:14. That sentence tells us that these shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them:for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful. there will be saved in Heaven who are not allowed to return with Jesus Christ to rule this world for 1,000-years because they did not fulfill therequirements while they were in this physical reality. All of the Earth belongs to God and is part of His household. If we want to rule any part of it then we need to be what God judges to be a faithful and wise servant.

In our third phrase, we read: to give them meat in due season. And, as he equivalent section from Luke writes: to give them their portion of meat in due season. The due season is when we get to Heaven and receive punishment ore rewards at the judgment seat of Christ (Romans 14:10 and 2Corinthians 5:10). In addition, Luke 16:10-11 says: He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much: and he that is unjust in the least is unjust also in much. If therefore ye have not been faithful in the unrighteous mammon, who will commit to your trust the true riches?. In that reference, Jesus was talking about money when he said: The least. Therefore, money is not true riches but spiritual gifts, and the ability to do things with those spiritual gifts, will be considered to be true riches. And, this will be especially true during the 1,000-years reign of Christ. The phrase portion of meat is used symbolically for the everlasting rewards that we will receive in Heaven and will use during the 1,000-years reign of Christ. What each person receives, and will be able to use, is proportional to how much spiritual profit that they bring to God while they are in this life.

Please see the note for John 7:26 about the word ruler. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'One that governs'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 10:14-16 about the word rule. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Government; control; supreme command or authority'. The word ruleth means: 'Ongoing, never stopping, ruling'.

Please see the note for Matthew 10:25 about the words household / householder. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the master or chief of a family; one who keeps house with his family'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 5:1 about the word house. Besides the normal usage, this word is also used, symbolically within the Bible, for the descendants of a person. Please also see the note for 1Peter 4:17 about the phrase house of God. Please also see the note for Luke 1:26-27 about the phrase house of David. Please also see the note for Luke 1:32-33 about the phrase house of Jacob. Please also see the note for Matthew 10:25 about the words household / householder.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians 6:13 about the word meat. The New Testament definition, for the word the word meat is: 'the substance of food. In The word of God This includes vegetable matter. It is also used, symbolically, for the substance of religion such as religious rules controlling behavior'. Please note that the usage of the plural word is not the same as the usage of the singular, even though the plural and the singular have the same basic definition. The New Testament usage of the word meats (plural) is: 'This word is used symbolically for spiritual food'. Please also see the note for Hebrews 13:9; which provides links to every place in the Bible where the literal word meats (plural) is used along with a short note on the doctrine of each usage.

Please see the note for Matthew 18:34 about the word due. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'owed; that ought to be paid or done to another'. Please also see the note for Romans 13:7 about the word dues. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the plural form of the word due'.

Please see the note for Mark 12:2 about the word season. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'A fit or suitable time; the convenient time; the usual or appointed time'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'is. Lu 12:41-43; 16:10-12; 19:17; Ac 20:28; 1Co 4:1-2; 1Ti 1:12; 2Ti 2:2; Heb 3:5; 1Pe 4:10-11; Re 2:13 to give. Mt 13:52; 25:35-40; Eze 34:2; Joh 21:15-17; 1Co 3:1-2; Eph 4:11-13; 1Pe 5:1-3 General references. exp: Ge 30:29; Ex 36:4; Eze 46:24; 1Co 3:14; 3Jo 1:5'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S41 (Verse 46) the promise to believe.

Blessed is that servant,
whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing.

Matthew 24:40-51 give us the command to watch with illustrations and a parable to teach the application. Everything from Matthew 24:40 through the end of the chapter has two valid applications. these sentences can be applied from today until the 'Rapture' and they can be applied by the saved people during the great tribulation until the Second Coming of Christ. In addition, Matthew 24:45-51 and Luke 12:42-48; we read the 'Parable of the Wise Steward'. It is also found in the Table of Parables in the New Testament.

Luke 12:43 is an equivalent sentence. The two sentences say the exact same things.

Our sentence is continuing the parable started in the prior sentence. Here, we have a promise of blessings to the servant who is a faithful and wise servant and is doing what he is expected to be doing to serve God even though he believes God is not paying attention. This is contrasted with the evil servant, who is described in the second-next sentence. That evil servant will find that His Lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, And shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. Therefore, we want to be a faithful and wise servant.

Please see the note for John 1:41 about the word find. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Literally, to come to; to meet; hence, to discover by the eye; to gain first sight or knowledge of something lost; to recover either by searching for it or by accident'. The important part of this definition is the ongoing effort which is required until the desired object is found. The Bible does not use this word for 'stumbling upon something'. The word found is the past-tense form of the word find.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'General references. Mt 25:34; Lu 12:37,43; Php 1:21-23; 2Ti 4:6-8; 2Pe 1:13-15; Re 2:19; 16:15 exp: 1Co 3:14'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S42 (Verse 47) Assurance from Jesus Christ.

Verily I say unto you,
that he shall make him ruler over all his goods.

Matthew 24:40-51 give us the command to watch with illustrations and a parable to teach the application. Everything from Matthew 24:40 through the end of the chapter has two valid applications. these sentences can be applied from today until the 'Rapture' and they can be applied by the saved people during the great tribulation until the Second Coming of Christ. In addition, Matthew 24:45-51 and Luke 12:42-48; we read the 'Parable of the Wise Steward'. It is also found in the Table of Parables in the New Testament.

Luke 12:45 is an equivalent sentence. The next section, of our current sentence, says: Verily I say unto you. The equivalent section from Luke says: Of a truth I say unto you. Luke uses the phrase Of a truth where Matthew uses the word: Verily. However, they have the same meaning and there is no conflict.

The next section, of our current sentence, says: that he shall make him ruler over all his goods. The equivalent section from Luke says: that he will make him ruler over all that he hath. Luke uses the word: will where Matthew uses the word: shall. In addition, Luke uses the phrase all that he hath where Matthew uses the phrase all his goods. Only a liar, who is trying to make something out of nothing, will claim that there is any difference, or conflict, in these sentences.

Our prior sentence told us that the servant, who was described in the second prior sentence, will be blessed. Now, this sentence tells us how he will be blessed.

I already wrote that time of this happening is the 1,000 year reign of Christ. And, there is every reason to believe that whatever position we receive in God' hierarchy, it will continue into eternity.

Please see the note for Matthew 12:29 about the word goods (plural). The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'n. plu. Movables; household furniture. 1. personal or movable estate; as horses, cattle, utensils, etc. 2. Wares; merchandize; commodities bought and sold by merchants and trader'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'that . Mt 25:21,23; Da 12:3; Lu 12:37,44; 19:17; 22:29-30; Joh 12:26; 2Ti 2:12; 1Pe 5:4; Re 3:21; 21:7 General references. exp: Lu 22:29; 1Co 3:14'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

C24-S43 (Verse 48-51) the warning to heed.

Equivalent Section: the warning.

First Step: the attitude of the evil servant.

But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart,
My lord delayeth his coming;.

Second Step: the actions of the evil servant.

And shall begin to smite his fellowservants,
and to eat and drink with the drunken;.

Third Step: the judgment of the evil servant.

The lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him,
and in an hour that he is not aware of,
And shall cut him asunder,
and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites:.

Equivalent Section: the consequence of ignoring this warning.

there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.

Matthew 24:40-51 give us the command to watch with illustrations and a parable to teach the application. Everything from Matthew 24:40 through the end of the chapter has two valid applications. these sentences can be applied from today until the 'Rapture' and they can be applied by the saved people during the great tribulation until the Second Coming of Christ. In addition, Matthew 24:45-51 and Luke 12:42-48; we read the 'Parable of the Wise Steward'. It is also found in the Table of Parables in the New Testament.

This parable that is applicable to all people. Notice that Jesus uses a lowercase Lord, which means our God given leaders in this world . Jesus is using the way that godly bosses should treat employees as an example of how God will prove what our real service was like and then reward or punish our true service. 2Peter 3:1-4 says, almost the same thing as our parable. Peter tells us their attitude while the last sentence of our parable tells us their actions.

Luke 12:43 is an equivalent sentence. The First Step, of our current sentence, says: But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming. The equivalent section from Luke says: But and if that servant say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming. these are identical.

The Second Step, of our current sentence, says: And shall begin to smite his fellowservants, and to eat and drink with the drunken. The equivalent section from Luke says: and shall begin to beat the men servants and maidens, and to eat and drink, and to be drunken. Where Matthew uses the phrase smite his fellowservants, uses the phrase beat the men servants and maidens. these have the same meaning and the difference in wording is due to the different perspective which each Gospel author presents. What we see here is that God allows His Gospel authors freedom of expression so long as they deliver His message and only His message.

The third Step, of our current sentence, says: he lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, And shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. The equivalent section from Luke says: The lord of that servant will come in a day when he looketh not for him, and at an hour when he is not aware, and will cut him in sunder, and will appoint him his portion with the unbelievers. there are a couple of minor differences in the wording, but the same message in both of these Steps. Where Matthew writes: shall cut him asunder, Luke writes: will cut him in sunder. The basic difference between shall and will is tense. Shall is used for present-tense while will is used for future-tense, but the tense does not change the message of the third Step. Likewise, where Matthew writes: asunder, Luke writes: in sunder and both speak of death. And, in this sentence, death is not speaking about physical death but is used symbolically for being cast into Hell. In addition, our Second Equivalent Section says: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. That result is not possible with physical death but is going to be the result of being cast into Hell.

Returning to our third Step, we see that, Where Matthew writes: hypocrites, Luke writes: unbelievers. And, both are cast into Hell, as we just saw. The problem is that many people believe the lie that they can say a prayer, live to fulfill all of the lusts of the flesh and of the world, and then go to Heaven because 'God will understand' about their life of sin and will forgive all sin and even reward that life of sin. Such people are hypocrites because they claim to be children of God while they live like the children of Satan. Our parable, and sentence, tell us that such people will spend eternity in the lake of fire along with Satan.

Returning to our sentence, we see two Equivalent Sections with the Second Equivalent Section (there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth) delivering the same message as all of the rest of the sentence. In fact, this entire parable is oriented at delivering this warning. Our parable is the summary of the entire chapter where Jesus has been giving prophecy about future judgments brought against different people by God. If you doubt this analysis then go back and reread the chapter as a whole with this assessment in mind. Now, after warning His disciples, and us, about future judgment, Jesus summarizes this chapter of warning with this parable and ends it all with: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth and this is the judgment that God will bring against the hypocrites. Thus, the major warning of our chapter and of our parable is: 'Don't be a hypocrite'.

Please see the note for Romans 7:19 about the word evil. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'Both the source and consequence of things which people consider to be really really bad. The source and / or result can be natural or spiritual or any combination thereof. However, even what seems to be a natural source can actually be caused by a devil, especially when the recipientis a child of God. In all cases the result is deliberately intended and caused, which is what separates evil from the accidental'. Please also see the note for 1Peter 4:15 about the word evildoer. Please alsonote the conincidence between the Devil and the word evil since the Devil is the source of much evil. Please also see the note for Ephesians C4S15 about the phrase evil speaking. Please also see the note for Philippians 3:2 about the phrase evil workers. Please also see the note for Hebrews 4:12 about the phrase evil heart. Please also see the note for Hebrews 4:12 about the phrase evil heart.

Please see the note for Colossians 2:1 about the word heart. The New Testament definition is: 'Our heart controls the same things as our soul only where the soul deals with the long term the heart deals with the short term and we control our heart directly while the soul is the accumulated actions of our heart. Both are the way we think (mind), the way we emotionally respond to circumstances (emotions) and the method we use to make decisions (will)'. Please also see the note for Romans C10S6 about the word heart. Each of the verses within Romans has to do with our having righteousness or unrighteousness because of our decisions, our attitudes, our thoughts and our actions are determined by our heart. Please also seeThe note for Galatians C6-S6 for 'The LORD looketh on the heart'. Please also see the note for Ephesians C4-S8 about a 'wicked heart'. Please also see the note for Hebrews 4:12 about an 'evil heart'.

We find forms of the word delayeth in: Luke 12:45-46 and our current sentence. The New Testament definition, for this word, is:'the noun form of the life-style form of the word delay'. Please also see the note for Acts 9:38 about the word delay. The New Testament definition, for this word, is:'to prolong the time of acting, or proceeding; to put off; to defer'.

We find the word begin in: Genesis 11:6; Deuteronomy 2:24; Deuteronomy 2:25; Deuteronomy 2:31; Deuteronomy 16:9; Joshua 3:7; Judges 10:18; Judges 13:5; 1Samuel 3:12; 1Samuel 22:15; 2Kings 8:25; Nehemiah 11:17; Jeremiah 25:29; Ezekiel 9:6; our current sentence; Luke 3:8; Luke 12:45; Luke 13:25-26; Luke 14:9; Luke 14:29; Luke 21:28; Luke 23:30; 2Corinthians 3:1; 1Peter 4:17; Revelation 10:7. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'To have an original or first existence'. Please see the note for Matthew 4:17 about the word began. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'To have an original or first existence'. Please see the note for Matthew 4:17 about the word began. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word begin'. The word beginnest is only found in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for John 1:1 about the word beginning. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word begin'.

Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'v.i. pret. began; pp. begun. L.genero,gigno; Heb.to make ready, to adapt,prepare, establish. 1. To have an original or first existence; to take rise; to commence. As he spake by the mouth of his holy prophets, who have been since the world began. Luke 1. Judgment must begin at the house of God. 1 Pet.4. From Nimrod first the savage race began. And tears began to flow. 2. To do the first act; to enter upon something new; to take the first step; as, begin, my muse. Begin every day to repent. When I begin, I will also make an end. 1 Sam.3.
BEGIN'v.t. To do the first act of any thing; to enter on; to commence. Ye nymphs of Solyma, begin the song. And this they begin to do. Gen.11. 2. To trace from any thing, as the first ground; to lay the foundation. The apostle begins our knowledge in the creatures, which leads us to the knowledge of God. To begin with, to enter upon first; to use or employ first; as, to begin with the Latin Grammar; to begin business with a small capital'.

Please see the note for John 18:23 about the word smite. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to strike; but it does not have to include passion'. The word smitest is: 'A life-style striking'.

Please see the note for Matthew 11:16-17 about the word fellow. The New Testament definition is: 'A companion; an associate'. Please also see the note for 2Corinthians 8:23 about the word fellowhelper. Please also see the note for Philippians 4:3 about the word fellowlabourers. The difference between fellowhelper and fellowlabourers is that fellowlabourers are preachers and fellowhelpers are not. Please also see the note for Philippians 1:3-7 for the word fellowship. Please also see the message called Fellowship in the Gospel for the application of these verses in the life of the believer.

Please see the note for 1Corinthians C11S37 about the word eat. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to consume or destroy, both physically and spiritually: who eat up my people as they eat bread (Ps 14:4)'. The word ate is found only in the Old Testament. The definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word eat'. The word eatest is also found only in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for The New Testament definition for this word is: 'to consume or destroy, both physically and spiritually: who eat up my people as they eat bread (Ps 14:4)'. The word ate is found only in the Old Testament. The definition for this word is: 'the past-tense form of the word eat'. The word eatest is also found only in the Old Testament. Please also see the note for Matthew 11:18 about the word eating. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'the ongoing form of the word eat'.

We find the word drunken occurring 33 times in 31 verses of the Bible and, in the New Testament, in: our current sentence; Luke 12:45; Luke 17:8; Acts 2:15; 1Corinthians 11:21; 1Thessaloniaqns 5:7 and Revelation 17:6. The New Testament definition for this word is: 'intoxication; inebriation; a state in which a person is overwhelmed or overpowered with spirituous liquors'. Please also see the note for Luke 5:39 about the word drunk. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word drink. Also used for intoxicated'. Please also see the note for Matthew 24:49 about the word drunken. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'intoxication; inebriation; a state in which a person is overwhelmed or overpowered with spirituous liquors'. Please also see the note for Romans C13S16 about the word drunkenness. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing form of the word drunken'. Please also see the note for Matthew 6:25 about the word drink. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to swallow liquid. Symbolically used for a spirit which takes control of a person'. Please also see the notes for Hebrews 9:10 about the word drinks. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the plural form of the word drink'. Please also see the notes for Mark 2:16 about the word drinketh. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the noun form of the life-style form of the word drink'. Please also see the note for Matthew 11:18 about the word drinking. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the ongoing of the life-style form of the word drink'. Please also see the note for Mark 14:23 about the word drank. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word drink'.

Webster's 1828 defines this word as: '. Drunkn. participle of drink, but now used chiefly as an adjective, and often contracted to drunk. 1. Intoxicated; inebriated with strong liquor. 2. Given to drunkenness; as a drunken butler. 3. Saturated with liquor or moisture; drenched. Let the earth be drunken with our blood. 4. Proceeding from intoxication; done in a state of drunkenness; as a drunken quarrel. A drunken slaughter'.

Please see the notes for Romans C13S16 and Galatians C5S2 about the words drunk / drunkenness. Webster's 1828 dictionary defines this word as: 'n. 1. Intoxication; inebriation; a state in which a person is overwhelmed or overpowered with spirituous liquors, so that his reason is disordered, and he reels or staggers in walking. Drunkenness renders some persons stupid, others gay, others sullen, others furious. Let us walk honestly as in the day; not in rioting and drunkenness. 2. Habitually ebriety or intoxication. 3. Disorder of the faculties resembling intoxication by liquors; inflammation; frenzy; rage. Passion is the drunkenness of the mind'.

Please see the note for Philippians 2:4 about the word look. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to direct the eye towards an object, with the intention of seeing it'. The primary sense is nearly the same as that of seek. Therefore, please also consider the meaning of toe word seek. The th, of the word looketh makes this a 'life-style looking'. Please also see the note for Galatians C6S6 about the phrase LORD looketh on the heart.

Please see the note for John 2:4 about the word hour. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'a short period of time relative to the perspective'.

Please see the note for Luke 11:44 about the word aware. Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'Watchful; vigilant; guarded; but more strictly in modern usage, apprised; expecting an event from information, or probability; as, the general was aware of the enemy's designs'.

Please see the note for Luke 12:45-46 about the word cut. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to separate the parts of any body by an edged instrument'. Please also see the note for Galatians C5-S13 about the phrase cut off. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'completely separated'.

Please see the note for Mark 5:2-4 about the word asunder. Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'Apart; into parts; separately; in a divided state. the Lord hath cut asunder the cords of the wicked. Ps. 129'.

We the word appoint occurring 41 times in 38 verses of the Bible and, in the New Testament in: our current sentence; Luke 12:46; Luke 22:29; Acts 6:3. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to fix; to settle; to establish; to make fast. To constitute, ordain, or fix by decree, order or decision'. Please see the note for Matthew 26:19 about the word appointed. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'the past-tense form of the word appoint'.

Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'to fix; to settle; to establish; to make fast. When he appointed the foundations of the earth. Prov. 8. 2. to constitute, ordain, or fix by decree, order or decision. Let Pharoah appoint officers over the land. Gen. 41. He hath appointed a day in which he will judge the world . Act. 17. 3. to allot, assign or designate. Aaron and his sons shall appoint every one to his service. Num 4. these cities were appointed for all the children of Israel. Josh. 20. 4. to purpose or resolve; to fix the intention. Forso he had appointed. Acts 20. 5. to ordain, command or order. Thy servants are ready to do whatever my Lord the King shall appoint. 2Sam. 15. 6. to settle; to fix, name or determine by agreement; as, they appointed a time and place for themeeting'.

Please see the note for Luke 12:42 about the word portion. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to divide; to parcel; to allot a share or shares'.

Please see the note for John 20:11-12 about the word weep. The New Testament definition, for this word, is: 'to express sorrow, grief, sorrow or anguish by outcry'. The word wept is: 'the past-tense for of the word weep'.

Please see the note for Luke 13:28 about all forms of the word gnash. The New Testament, for this word is: 'to strike the teeth together, as in anger or pain; as, to gnash the teeth in rage'. The New Testament definition for the word gnashing is: 'an ongoing action of gnash'. The New Testament definition for the word gnasheth is: 'a life-style of gnashing'.

Please see the note for Luke 13:28 about the word teeth. Webster's 1828 defines this word as: 'TEETH, plu. of tooth, which see. In the teeth, directly; in direct opposition; in front. Nor strive with all the tempest in my teeth'.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides Bible references for this sentence as: 'if. Mt 18:32; 25:26; Lu 19:22 say. De 9:4; 15:9; 2Ki 5:26; Isa 32:6; Mr 7:21; Lu 12:45; Joh 13:2; Ac 5:3; 8:22 My. Ec 8:11; Eze 12:22,27; 2Pe 3:3-5
to smite. Isa 66:5; 2Co 11:20; 1Pe 5:3; 3Jo 1:9-10; Re 13:7; 16:6; 17:6 and o. Mt 7:15; 1Sa 2:13-16,29; Isa 56:12; Eze 34:3; Mic 3:5; Ro 16:18; Php 3:19; Tit 1:11-12; 2Pe 2:13-14; Jude 1:12
come. Mt 24:42-44; Pr 29:1; 1Th 5:2-3; Re 3:3
cut him asunder. or, cut him off. and appoint. Job 20:29; Isa 33:14; Lu 12:46 there. Mt 8:12; 22:13; 25:30; Lu 13:28'.

Home Start of web page Chapter Summary Start of Chapter

Interpretive Study of Matthew 's Gospel.

Gospel theme: Jesus fulfilled God's Law and Proved that He was / is God's Christ.

Chapter 23 Summary:

Matthew Chapter 23

links to sentences in this chapter:

Chapter theme: Wrong Religious Judgment Versus Righteous Judgment.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides a chapter outline as:

Matthew Chapter 24

links to sentences in this chapter:

Chapter theme: Prophecy of Future Events

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge provides a chapter outline as:

Contact: Webmaster@LJC1611KJV.com. Member of Tower Road Baptist Church, Abq., NM, U.S.A., 87121. Copyright 2009 Lord Jesus Christ in the 1611KJV. All rights reserved. Revised: 02/16/26.